TWI739735B - Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer - Google Patents

Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI739735B
TWI739735B TW105105754A TW105105754A TWI739735B TW I739735 B TWI739735 B TW I739735B TW 105105754 A TW105105754 A TW 105105754A TW 105105754 A TW105105754 A TW 105105754A TW I739735 B TWI739735 B TW I739735B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
rtp
general formula
item
anion
Prior art date
Application number
TW105105754A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201634592A (en
Inventor
福田誠
藤田明徳
長田崇一郎
片山晃男
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201634592A publication Critical patent/TW201634592A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI739735B publication Critical patent/TWI739735B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • C09B11/20Preparation from other triarylmethane derivatives, e.g. by substitution, by replacement of substituents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/02Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes
    • C09B69/06Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes of cationic dyes with organic acids or with inorganic complex acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0388Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the side chains of the photopolymer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor

Abstract

本發明提供一種耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。本發明的著色組成物包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物,所述聚合物TP包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A、及具有交聯性基的重複單元B,聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000~500000,相對於聚合物TP的質量,具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下。The present invention provides a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a polymer that are excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. The coloring composition of the present invention includes a polymer TP and a polymerizable compound. The polymer TP includes a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure and a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is 3000 to 500,000, relative to the mass of the polymer TP, the content of the compound A having a triarylmethane structure and a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。 The invention relates to a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a polymer.

著色組成物用於彩色濾光片等的製造。 The colored composition is used in the manufacture of color filters and the like.

近年來,彩色濾光片於液晶顯示元件用途中存在如下的傾向:不僅用於監視器,而且用途擴大至電視機。伴隨該用途擴大的傾向,對於彩色濾光片而言,於色度、對比度等方面要求高度的顏色特性。另外,於影像感測器(固體攝像元件)用途的彩色濾光片中,亦同様地開始要求顏色不均的減少、顏色解析度的提昇等顏色特性的進一步的提昇。 In recent years, color filters have tended to be used in liquid crystal display device applications as follows: not only for monitors, but also for televisions. With the trend toward expansion of this use, color filters are required to have high color characteristics in terms of chromaticity, contrast, and the like. In addition, color filters for image sensors (solid-state imaging devices) have also begun to require further improvement in color characteristics such as reduction of color unevenness and improvement of color resolution.

於專利文獻1、專利文獻2中揭示有一種包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的化合物的著色組成物。 Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 disclose a colored composition containing a compound having a triarylmethane structure.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]美國專利申請公開第2013/0141810號說明書 [Patent Document 1] Specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0141810

[專利文獻2]國際公開第2013/176383號 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2013/176383

用於彩色濾光片等的著色組成物需要可形成耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的膜者。 The coloring composition used for color filters and the like needs to be able to form a film with excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance.

但是,專利文獻1、專利文獻2中所揭示的著色組成物的耐熱性及耐溶劑性並不充分。 However, the heat resistance and solvent resistance of the colored composition disclosed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 are insufficient.

因此,本發明的目的在於提供一種耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。 Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a polymer that are excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance.

本發明者基於所述狀況而進行努力研究的結果,發現藉由使用如下的的聚合物,可達成所述目的,從而完成了本發明,所述聚合物包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A、及具有交聯性基的重複單元B,重量平均分子量為3000~500000,且重量平均分子量為1500以下的具有三芳基甲烷結構的化合物的含量為20質量%以下。本發明提供以下者。 As a result of diligent research based on the above-mentioned situation, the inventors found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by using the following polymer, which includes a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure. , And the repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group, the weight average molecular weight is 3000 to 500,000, and the content of the compound having a triarylmethane structure with a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less. The present invention provides the following.

<1>一種著色組成物,其包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物,所述聚合物TP包含至少一種具有選自通式(TP1)、及通式(TP2)中的三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A,及具有交聯性基的重複單元B,聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000~500000,相對於聚合物TP的質量,具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以 下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下;

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0004-1
<1> A coloring composition comprising a polymer TP and a polymerizable compound, the polymer TP comprising at least one repeating unit having a triarylmethane structure selected from the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2) A, and a repeating unit B with a crosslinkable group, the weight average molecular weight of polymer TP is 3000~500,000, relative to the mass of polymer TP, the content of compound A with a weight average molecular weight of triarylmethane structure of 1500 or less Less than 20% by mass;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0004-1

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;當a、b、c及d為2以上時,Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8及Rtp9中的2個可相互連結而形成環;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a , B, c, and d each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 and Rtp 9 can be connected to each other to form a ring ; X represents an anion, or X and Rtp absent 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and Rtp least one contains an anionic 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, any one Rtp 71 is and Rtp 72 represents the bond with the repeating unit a Location.

<2>如<1>所述的著色組成物,其中相對於聚合物TP的質量,聚合物TP的化合物A的含量為10質量%以下。 <2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the content of the compound A of the polymer TP is 10% by mass or less relative to the mass of the polymer TP.

<3>如<1>或<2>所述的著色組成物,其中聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為10000~50000。 <3> The coloring composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is 10,000 to 50,000.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中重 複單元B所具有的交聯性基為選自含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基及碳酸酯基中的至少一種;其中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基。 <4> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein The crosslinking group of the multiple unit B is selected from the group containing ethylenically unsaturated bond, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, oxazoline group, group represented by -COR and carbonate group At least one type; wherein, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中X自具有選自氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子、PF6-及SbF6-中的至少一種陰離子,以及選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少一種結構的化合物中選擇;通式(A1)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0005-23
<5> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of fluoride anion, chloride anion, bromide anion, iodide anion, cyanide ion, perchlorate anion, boric acid anion, PF 6- and SbF 6- least one anion, and is selected from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, structure represented by the following general formula (A1) represented by the following pass, and Selected from compounds of at least one of the structures represented by formula (A2); general formula (A1)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0005-23

通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-;通式(A2)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0005-24
In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-; the general formula (A2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0005-24

通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表 示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。 In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-; R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.

<6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中X為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物。 <6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein X is a bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or a sulfonate Anionic compounds.

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中X為含有交聯性基的化合物。 <7> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein X is a compound containing a crosslinkable group.

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中X為含有具有陰離子部位的重複單元的聚合物。 <8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein X is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anion site.

<9>如<1>至<4>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個經通式(P)所表示的基取代;通式(P)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0006-25
<9> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein in the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 Substituted by the group represented by general formula (P); general formula (P)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0006-25

通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基,X1自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、含有由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇;通式(A1)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0006-26
In the general formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, X 1 managed from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, structure represented by the following general formula (A1) represented contained Select from at least one of the group and the group containing the structure represented by the following general formula (A2); general formula (A1)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0006-26

通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-;通式(A2)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0007-27
In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-; the general formula (A2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0007-27

通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。 In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-; R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.

<10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中重複單元A所具有的三芳基甲烷結構由下述通式(TP3)表示;

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0007-7
<10> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the triarylmethane structure of the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3);
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0007-7

通式(TP3)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基;Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基,Rtp71表示烷基或 芳基;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 In the general formula (TP3), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons, and Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; X It represents an anion, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 includes an anion; any one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with the repeating unit A.

<11>如<1>至<10>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中重複單元A由下述通式(TP3-1)表示;

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0008-8
<11> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3-1);
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0008-8

通式(TP3-1)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基,Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基;L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,Rtp31表示氫原子或甲基;X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子。 In the general formula (TP3-1), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, and Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an alkylene group. Aryl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents an anion, or X does not exist and at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion.

<12>如<1>至<11>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中重複單元A由下述通式(TP3-2)表示;[化9]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0009-9
<12> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3-2); [化9]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0009-9

通式(TP3-2)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,Rtp24分別獨立地表示碳數1~4的烷基,Rtp25分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基,Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基;Rtp31表示氫原子或甲基;L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基;X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子。 In the general formula (TP3-2), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, Rtp 24 each independently represents an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, and Rtp 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom Or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an arylene group; Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; X represents an anion, or there is no X In addition, at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 includes an anion.

<13>如<1>至<12>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其中聚合物TP含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元。 <13> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the polymer TP contains a compound derived from (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylamide At least one repeating unit.

<14>如<1>至<13>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其包括選自呫噸化合物、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物、二噁嗪化合物及酞菁化合物中的至少一種。 <14> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <13>, which includes a compound selected from the group consisting of xanthene compounds, dipyrromethene-based metal complexes, dioxazine compounds, and phthalocyanine compounds At least one.

<15>如<1>至<14>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其包 括光聚合起始劑。 <15> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <14>, which includes Including photopolymerization initiator.

<16>如<1>至<15>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其包括雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽。 <16> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <15>, which includes a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)iminium salt.

<17>如<1>至<16>中任一項所述的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 <17> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <16>, which is used to form a colored layer of a color filter.

<18>一種硬化膜,其是使如<1>至<17>中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而形成。 <18> A cured film formed by curing the colored composition according to any one of <1> to <17>.

<19>一種彩色濾光片,其包括如<18>所述的硬化膜。 <19> A color filter comprising the cured film as described in <18>.

<20>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用如<1>至<17>中任一項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層的步驟;將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 <20> A method for manufacturing a color filter, comprising: using the coloring composition as described in any one of <1> to <17> to form a coloring composition layer; exposing the coloring composition layer to The step of patterning; and the step of developing and removing the unexposed part of the colored composition layer to form a colored pattern.

<21>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用如<1>至<17>中任一項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影來對光阻劑層進行圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 <21> A method of manufacturing a color filter, comprising: using the coloring composition as described in any one of <1> to <17> to form a coloring composition layer, and curing to form a coloring layer The step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; the step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and the step of using the resist pattern as an etching mask to color The layer is subjected to a step of dry etching.

<22>一種固體攝像元件,其包括如<19>所述的彩色濾光片。 <22> A solid-state imaging element including the color filter according to <19>.

<23>一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括如<19>所述的彩色濾光片。 <23> An image display device including the color filter as described in <19>.

<24>一種聚合物,其包括由下述通式(TP-7)所表示的重複單元,聚合物的重量平均分子量為3000~500000,相對於聚合物的質量,具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下;

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0011-10
<24> A polymer comprising a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (TP-7), the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is 3000 to 500,000, and the weight of the polymer has a triarylmethane structure relative to the mass of the polymer The content of compound A with an average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0011-10

通式(TP-7)中,R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R1a表示伸烷基或伸芳基,L11表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基;L12及L13表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基;R2表示碳數1~10的烴基;R3表示交聯性基;X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物;a~d為重複單元的質量比,a及d表示超過0的數,b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。 In the general formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1a represents an alkylene group or an aryl group, and L 11 represents A single bond or a divalent linking group with 1 to 30 carbons; L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group with 1 to 30 carbons; R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons; R 3 represents a crosslinkable group; X represents a compound containing bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or sulfonate anion; a~d are the mass ratios of repeating units, a and d represents a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number greater than 0.

根據本發明,可提供一種耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色 組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。 According to the present invention, a coloring with excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance can be provided Composition, cured film, color filter, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail.

再者,於本說明書中,「~」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含義來使用。 In addition, in this specification, "~" is used to include the numerical value described before and after it as the lower limit and the upper limit.

於本說明書中,所謂總固體成分,是指自著色組成物的總組成中去除溶劑後的成分的總質量。 In this specification, the "total solid content" refers to the total mass of the components after removing the solvent from the total composition of the coloring composition.

於本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In the expression of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the expression that does not describe substituted and unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) not having a substituent, and also includes a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl group).

所謂本說明書中的「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(極紫外(Extreme Ultraviolet,EUV)光)、X射線、電子束等。另外,於本發明中,所謂光是指光化射線或放射線。 The "radiation" in this specification refers to, for example, the bright-ray spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet light represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet light (Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In addition, in the present invention, the term “light” refers to actinic rays or radiation.

只要事先無特別說明,則所謂本說明書中的「曝光」不僅是指利用水銀燈、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等進行的曝光,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束進行的描繪亦包 含於曝光中。 Unless otherwise specified, the so-called "exposure" in this manual refers not only to exposure using mercury lamps, extreme ultraviolet light represented by excimer lasers, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also using particles such as electron beams and ion beams. The description of the beam also includes Included in the exposure.

於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者、或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者、或任一者。 In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "(Meth)acryloyl group" means both or either of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.

本說明書中的單體有別於寡聚物及聚合物,是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。 Monomers in this specification are different from oligomers and polymers, and refer to compounds with a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less.

於本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物。所謂聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基。 In this specification, the term "polymerizable compound" refers to a compound having a polymerizable functional group. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

於本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 In this specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

於本說明書中,「步驟」這一用語不僅是指獨立的步驟,即便在無法與其他步驟明確地加以區分的情況下,只要達成該步驟的預期的作用,則亦包含於本用語中。 In this specification, the term "step" not only refers to an independent step, even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the step achieves the expected effect, it is also included in this term.

只要無特別敍述,則本發明中的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量是以藉由凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。 Unless otherwise stated, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight in the present invention are defined by polystyrene conversion values measured by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC).

<著色組成物> <Coloring composition>

本發明的著色組成物包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物,所述聚合物TP包含後述的具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A、及具有交聯性基的重複單元B,聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000~500000,相對於聚合物TP的質量,具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平 均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下。 The coloring composition of the present invention includes a polymer TP and a polymerizable compound. The polymer TP includes a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure and a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group described later. The weight of the polymer TP is average The molecular weight is 3000~500000, relative to the mass of polymer TP, it has the weight average of triarylmethane structure The content of the compound A having an average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less.

藉由設為此種構成,可提供耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色組成物。進而,亦可形成電壓保持率良好的膜。作為獲得此種效果的機制,可認為藉由使用所述聚合物TP,於形成膜時,聚合物TP難以自膜中溶出,耐溶劑性及耐熱性提昇。以下,對本發明的著色組成物的各成分進行詳細說明。 With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a colored composition having excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance. Furthermore, it is also possible to form a film with a good voltage retention rate. As a mechanism for obtaining such an effect, it is considered that by using the polymer TP, the polymer TP is difficult to be eluted from the film when the film is formed, and the solvent resistance and heat resistance are improved. Hereinafter, each component of the colored composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<聚合物TP>> <<Polymer TP>>

<<<重複單元A>>> <<<Repeat Unit A>>>

聚合物TP包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A。 The polymer TP contains a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure.

重複單元A較佳為由下述通式(A)所表示的結構。於聚合物TP的所有重複單元中,較佳為含有1質量%~99質量%的重複單元A。上限更佳為95質量%以下,進而更佳為90質量%以下。下限更佳為5質量%以上。若重複單元A的含量為所述範圍,則色價變得更良好。 The repeating unit A is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (A). In all the repeating units of the polymer TP, it is preferable to contain 1% to 99% by mass of the repeating unit A. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. If the content of the repeating unit A is in the above range, the color value becomes more favorable.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0014-11
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0014-11

通式(A)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈。L1表示單鍵或二價 的連結基。DyeI表示由後述的通式(TP1)、或通式(TP2)所表示的三芳基甲烷結構。 In the general formula (A), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. DyeI represents a triarylmethane structure represented by general formula (TP1) or general formula (TP2) described later.

通式(A)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈,通常表示藉由聚合反應所形成的連結基,例如較佳為源自具有(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、醚基的化合物的主鏈。另外,具有主鏈環狀的伸烷基的形態亦較佳。再者,以由2個*所表示的部位與其他重複單元進行鍵結。 In the general formula (A), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, and generally represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction. For example, it is preferably derived from having a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, and an ether The main chain of the base compound. In addition, the form of an alkylene group having a cyclic ring in the main chain is also preferable. Furthermore, the site represented by 2 * is bonded to other repeating units.

作為X1,只要是自公知的可進行聚合的單體所形成的連結基,則並無特別限制,但尤其較佳為由下述(XX-1)~下述(XX-24)所表示的連結基,更佳為選自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-18)及(XX-19)以及(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈,進而更佳為選自由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由(XX-24)所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈,特佳為由(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈及由(XX-11)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈。 X 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a linking group formed from a known polymerizable monomer, but it is particularly preferably represented by the following (XX-1) to the following (XX-24) The linking group of is more preferably selected from the (meth)acrylic linking chain represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2), and the styrene series represented by (XX-10)~(XX-17) Linked chains, vinyl-based linked chains represented by (XX-18) and (XX-19) and (XX-24), and more preferably selected from those represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2) The (meth)acrylic linking chain, the styrene linking chain represented by (XX-10)~(XX-17), and the vinyl linking chain represented by (XX-24) are particularly preferred because ( The (meth)acrylic linking chain represented by XX-1) and (XX-2) and the styrene linking chain represented by (XX-11).

(XX-1)~(XX-24)中,表示以由*所表示的部位與L1進行連結。Me表示甲基。另外,(XX-18)及(XX-19)中的R表示氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基或苯基。 In (XX-1)~(XX-24), it means that the part indicated by * is connected to L1. Me represents methyl. In addition, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.

[化12]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0016-12
[化12]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0016-12

當L1表示二價的連結基時,較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、雜環基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-COO-、-OCO-、 -SO2-及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heterocyclic group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR -, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -and a linking group formed by combining two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~30。上限更佳為25以下,進而更佳為20以下。下限更佳為2以上,進而更佳為3以上。伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-30. The upper limit is more preferably 25 or less, and still more preferably 20 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.

伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~12。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-12.

L1較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基,更佳為伸烷基、伸芳基以及將該些與選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上組合而成的二價的基,進而更佳為伸烷基,或伸烷基彼此經由選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上連結而成的連結基。 L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an aryl group, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, and a linking group formed by combining two or more of these, more preferably Alkylene, aryl and divalent groups formed by combining these with one or more selected from -O-, -COO- and -OCO-, and more preferably alkylene, or alkylene A linking group formed by linking each other through one or more selected from -O-, -COO-, and -OCO-.

L1較佳為構成將X1與DyeI連接的鏈的原子的數量為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而更佳為3以上,特佳為5以上。上限例如較佳為20以下。根據該形態,於合成聚合物TP時,可有效地抑制未反應或反應並不充分的低分子的三芳基甲烷化合物。例如,於以下的情況下,構成將X1與DyeI連接的鏈的原子的數量為10個。再者,一併記載於結構式中的數字為構成將X1與DyeI連接的鏈的原子的數量。 L 1 is preferably such that the number of atoms constituting the chain connecting X 1 and DyeI is 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 5 or more. The upper limit is preferably 20 or less, for example. According to this aspect, when the polymer TP is synthesized, it is possible to effectively suppress unreacted or insufficiently reacted low-molecular triarylmethane compounds. For example, in the following case, the number of atoms constituting the chain connecting X 1 and DyeI is 10. In addition, the number described together in the structural formula is the number of atoms constituting the chain connecting X 1 and DyeI.

[化13]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0018-13
[化13]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0018-13

再者,當L1表示單鍵時,X1與通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中的Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者進行鍵結,較佳為與Rtp71或Rtp72進行鍵結。 Furthermore, when L 1 represents a single bond, X 1 is bonded to any of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 in the general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), preferably with Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 performs bonding.

當L1表示二價的連結基時,L1與通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中的Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者進行鍵結,較佳為與Rtp71或Rtp72進行鍵結。 When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, L 1 is bound to any one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 in the general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), preferably with Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 performs bonding.

<<<<三芳基甲烷結構>>>> <<<<Triarylmethane structure>>>>

其次,對重複單元A所具有的三芳基甲烷結構進行說明。 Next, the triarylmethane structure of the repeating unit A will be described.

重複單元A具有選自通式(TP1)、及通式(TP2)中的三芳基甲烷結構。 The repeating unit A has a triarylmethane structure selected from the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2).

[化14]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0019-14
[化14]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0019-14

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;當a、b、c及d為2以上時,Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8及Rtp9中的2個可相互連結而形成環;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a , B, c, and d each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 and Rtp 9 can be connected to each other to form a ring ; X represents an anion, or X and Rtp absent 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and Rtp least one contains an anionic 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, any one Rtp 71 is and Rtp 72 represents the bond with the repeating unit a Location.

通式(TP1)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。較佳為Rtp1及Rtp2的任一者為烷基,另一者為芳基。較佳為Rtp3及Rtp4的任一者為烷基,另一者為芳基。 In the general formula (TP1), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Preferably, any one of Rtp 1 and Rtp 2 is an alkyl group, and the other is an aryl group. Preferably, any one of Rtp 3 and Rtp 4 is an alkyl group, and the other is an aryl group.

烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而更佳為1~3。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀或分支狀。烷基較佳為未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and still more preferably 1-3. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably unsubstituted. As a substituent, the substituent mentioned in the term of the substituent group A mentioned later can be mentioned.

芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而更佳為6。作 為芳基可具有的取代基,可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12, and even more preferably 6. do The substituents that the aryl group may have include the substituents listed in the section of the substituent group A described later.

通式(TP1)中,Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71Rtp72,較佳為氫原子或NRtp71Rtp72,更佳為NRtp71Rtp72In the general formula (TP1), Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 , preferably a hydrogen atom or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 , and more preferably NRtp 71 Rtp 72 .

烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~5,進而更佳為1~3。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀。作為烷基可具有的取代基,可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而更佳為6。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and still more preferably 1-3. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, but is preferably linear. As the substituent which the alkyl group may have, the substituents exemplified in the section of the substituent group A mentioned later can be mentioned. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12, and even more preferably 6.

Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,較佳為氫原子或烷基。 Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~8,進而更佳為1~6。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,較佳為環狀。烷基亦可被取代。作為烷基可具有的取代基,可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-8, and still more preferably 1-6. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and is preferably cyclic. Alkyl groups can also be substituted. As the substituent which the alkyl group may have, the substituents exemplified in the section of the substituent group A mentioned later can be mentioned.

芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而更佳為6。芳基可具有的取代基可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12, and even more preferably 6. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the substituents exemplified in the section of the substituent group A described later.

通式(TP1)中,Rtp5、Rtp6及Rtp8分別獨立地表示取代基。作為取代基,可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。尤其,較佳為碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1~5的烯基、碳數6~15的芳基、羧基或磺基,更佳為碳數1~5的直 鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1~5的烯基、苯基或羧基。尤其,Rtp5及Rtp6較佳為分別獨立地為碳數1~5的烷基。另外,Rtp8較佳為2個烯基相互鍵結而形成環。環較佳為苯環。 In the general formula (TP1), Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 and Rtp 8 each independently represent a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent mentioned in the term of the substituent group A mentioned later can be mentioned. In particular, it is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbons, an alkenyl group having 1 to 5 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbons, a carboxyl group or a sulfo group, and more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 5. The straight-chain or branched alkyl group, C1-C5 alkenyl group, phenyl group or carboxyl group. In particular, Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. In addition, Rtp 8 preferably has two alkenyl groups bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring is preferably a benzene ring.

通式(TP1)中,a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,尤其,a及b較佳為表示0或1,更佳為表示0。c較佳為表示0~2。 In the general formula (TP1), a, b, and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. In particular, a and b preferably represent 0 or 1, and more preferably represent 0. c preferably represents 0-2.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基,其含義與通式(TP1)中的Rtp1~Rtp4相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the meaning is the same as that of Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 in the general formula (TP1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp5及Rtp6分別獨立地表示取代基,其含義與通式(TP1)中的Rtp5及Rtp6相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 each independently represent a substituent, and their meanings are the same as Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 in the general formula (TP1), and their preferred ranges are also the same.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基,可使用後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substituent, and the substituents listed in the section of the substituent group A described later can be used.

Rtp9較佳為芳基,更佳為碳數6~12的芳基,進而更佳為苯基。 Rtp 9 is preferably an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons, and still more preferably a phenyl group.

Rtp11較佳為烷基,更佳為碳數1~5的烷基,進而更佳為碳數1~3的烷基。烷基較佳為直鏈狀或分支狀,更佳為直鏈狀。 Rtp 11 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbons, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.

通式(TP2)中,Rtp10表示取代基,可使用後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。尤其,Rtp10更佳為碳數6~12的芳基,進而更佳為苯基。 In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 10 represents a substituent, and the substituents listed in the section of the substituent group A described later can be used. In particular, Rtp 10 is more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons, and still more preferably a phenyl group.

通式(TP2)中,a、b及d分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,尤其,a及b較佳為表示0或1,更佳為表示0。d較佳為表 示0~2,更佳為表示0。 In the general formula (TP2), a, b, and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4. In particular, a and b preferably represent 0 or 1, and more preferably represent 0. d is preferably a table Shows 0~2, more preferably represents 0.

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者表示與重複單元的鍵結部位,尤其,較佳為Rtp71或Rtp72為與重複單元的鍵結部位。 In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), any one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71, and Rtp 72 represents a bonding site with a repeating unit. In particular, it is preferable that Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 is a repeating unit. The bonding part of the unit.

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個亦可含有陰離子。 In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71, and Rtp 72 may contain an anion.

作為陰離子,較佳為-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子及四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子,更佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子及四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子,進而更佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子及三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。 As an anion, preferably -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, bis (sulfo acyl) acyl imide anion, tris (sulfo acyl) methide anion, and tetraarylborate anions, more Preferred are bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methide anion and tetraarylborate anion, and more preferably bis(sulfonyl)imide anion and tris(sulfonyl) Radical) methide anion.

具體而言,可列舉Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個經通式(P)取代的結構。 Specifically, a structure in which at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71, and Rtp 72 is substituted with the general formula (P) can be cited.

通式(P)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0022-28
General formula (P)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0022-28

通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基,X1表示陰離子。 In the general formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X 1 represents an anion.

通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基,較佳為表示-NR10-、-O-、-SO2-、含有氟原子的伸烷基、 含有氟原子的伸芳基或包含該些的組合的基。尤其,較佳為包含-NR10-與-SO2-及含有氟原子的伸烷基的組合的基、包含-O-與含有氟原子的伸芳基的組合的基、或包含-NR10-與-SO2-及含有氟原子的伸烷基的組合的基。 In the general formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group preferably represents -NR 10 -, -O-, -SO 2 -, a fluorine atom-containing alkylene group, a fluorine atom-containing arylene group, or a group containing a combination of these. In particular, a group containing a combination of -NR 10 -and -SO 2 -and a fluorine atom-containing alkylene group, a group containing a combination of -O- and a fluorine atom-containing arylene group, or a group containing -NR 10 -A group combined with -SO 2 -and a fluorine atom-containing alkylene group.

於-NR10-中,R10表示氫原子或碳數1~5的烷基,較佳為氫原子。 In -NR 10 -, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom.

含有氟原子的伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而更佳為1~3。該些伸烷基更佳為全氟伸烷基。作為氟取代伸烷基的具體例,可列舉:二氟亞甲基、四氟伸乙基、六氟伸丙基等。 The carbon number of the alkylene group containing a fluorine atom is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, and even more preferably from 1 to 3. These alkylene groups are more preferably perfluoroalkylene groups. Specific examples of the fluorine-substituted alkylene group include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, hexafluoroethylene, and the like.

含有氟原子的伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~14,進而更佳為6~10。作為含有氟原子的伸芳基的具體例,可列舉:四氟伸苯基、六氟-1-伸萘基、六氟-2-伸萘基等。 The carbon number of the arylene group containing a fluorine atom is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-14, and still more preferably 6-10. Specific examples of the fluorine atom-containing arylene group include tetrafluorophenylene group, hexafluoro-1-naphthylene group, hexafluoro-2-naphthylene group, and the like.

通式(P)中,X1表示陰離子,較佳為自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、含有由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇。 In the general formula (P), X 1 represents an anion, is preferably managed from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, containing a structure represented by the following general formula (A1) is represented by the group and containing Select from at least one of the groups of the structure represented by the general formula (A2).

通式(A1)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0023-29
General formula (A1)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0023-29

通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-。 In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-.

通式(A2)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0024-17
General formula (A2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0024-17

通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-。R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。 In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO-, or -CN.

含有由通式(A1)所表示的結構的基較佳為於通式(A1)中,在R1及R2的一者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R1及R2的一者直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。氟取代烷基的碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3,進而更佳為1或2,特佳為1。該些烷基更佳為全氟烷基。作為氟取代烷基的具體例,較佳為三氟甲基。 The group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A1) is preferably a group having a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the end of one of R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (A1), more preferably R 1 and R 2 One is directly bonded to the fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, further preferably from 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1. These alkyl groups are more preferably perfluoroalkyl groups. As a specific example of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group, a trifluoromethyl group is preferred.

含有由通式(A2)所表示的結構的基較佳為於通式(A2)中,在R3~R5的至少任一者的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R3~R5的至少任一者直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。尤其,較佳為於R3~R5的至少兩個的末端具有氟取代烷基,更佳為R3~R5的至少兩個直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。氟取代烷基的含義與含有由通式(A1)所表示的結構的基中所說明者相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A2) preferably has a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the end of at least any one of R 3 to R 5 in the general formula (A2), more preferably R 3 to R At least any one of 5 is directly bonded to the fluorine-substituted alkyl group. In particular, it is preferable that at least two of R 3 to R 5 have a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the ends, and it is more preferable that at least two of R 3 to R 5 are directly bonded to the fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The meaning of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is the same as that described in the group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A1), and the preferable range is also the same.

此外,作為X1的具體例,可列舉後述的抗衡陰離子A。於此情況下,構成抗衡陰離子A的任一個氫原子或鹵素原子與通式(P)中的L進行鍵結。 Further, as specific examples of X 1, later-described counter anion include A. In this case, any hydrogen atom or halogen atom constituting the counter anion A is bonded to L in the general formula (P).

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,經通式(P)取代的部分可僅存在1個部位,亦可存在2個部位以上。當存在2個部位以上的經通式(P)取代的部分時,較佳為於聚合物TP中,除三芳基甲烷結構中所含有的陽離子以外,存在與陰離子的數量相對應的數量的陽離子。 In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), the part substituted by the general formula (P) may exist at only one site, or may exist at two or more sites. When there are two or more parts substituted by the general formula (P), it is preferable that in the polymer TP, in addition to the cation contained in the triarylmethane structure, there are a number of cations corresponding to the number of anions. .

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,X表示陰離子。通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,可存在X,亦可不存在X。 In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), X represents an anion. In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), X may or may not be present.

通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,當存在X時,是指於三芳基甲烷結構的分子外具有陰離子。另外,所謂於三芳基甲烷結構的分子外具有陰離子,是指三芳基甲烷結構與陰離子不經由共價鍵進行鍵結,而作為其他化合物存在的情況。以下,將三芳基甲烷結構的分子外的陰離子亦稱為抗衡陰離子。 In general formula (TP1) and general formula (TP2), when X is present, it means that there is an anion outside the molecule of the triarylmethane structure. In addition, the fact that the triarylmethane structure has an anion outside the molecule means that the triarylmethane structure and the anion are not bonded via a covalent bond but exist as other compounds. Hereinafter, the anion outside the molecule of the triarylmethane structure is also referred to as a counter anion.

作為抗衡陰離子,可列舉:氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子(BF4-等)、PF6-及SbF6-等。 As a counter anion, a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromide anion, an iodide anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, a borate anion (BF 4- etc.), PF 6- , SbF 6-, etc. are mentioned.

硼酸鹽陰離子為由B(R10)4-所表示的基,R10可例示:氟原子、氰基、氟化烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基等。 The borate anion is a group represented by B(R 10 ) 4- , and R 10 can be exemplified by a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a fluorinated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and the like.

抗衡陰離子可為具有陰離子部的化合物。即,可含有陰離子部作為化合物的結構的一部分。於含有陰離子部作為化合物的結構的一部分的情況下,可包含於具有重複單元的聚合體(聚合物)的一部分中,亦可包含於分子量為2000以下的所謂的低分子化合物中。於低分子化合物的情況下,可例示一併包含陰離子 部、與烷基、芳基及交聯性基的至少一種的形態。於本發明中,較佳為抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物的形態、及抗衡陰離子為含有具有陰離子部的重複單元的聚合物的形態。 The counter anion may be a compound having an anion part. That is, the anion part may be contained as a part of the structure of the compound. When it contains an anion part as a part of the structure of a compound, it may be contained in a part of the polymer (polymer) which has a repeating unit, and may be contained in the so-called low molecular compound with a molecular weight of 2000 or less. In the case of low-molecular-weight compounds, an anion can be exemplified together Part, and at least one form of an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a crosslinkable group. In the present invention, it is preferable that the counter anion is a form of a compound containing a crosslinkable group, and the counter anion is a form of a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anion part.

當抗衡陰離子為具有陰離子部的化合物時,陰離子部較佳為選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO3 -、由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少一種。 When the counter anion is an anion portion of the compound having an anionic portion is preferably selected from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 3 -, the structure represented by the following general formula (A1) represented by the following general formula and (A2) At least one of the structures shown.

通式(A1)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0026-30
General formula (A1)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0026-30

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-) (In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-)

通式(A1)中,較佳為R1及R2的至少一個表示-SO2-,更佳為R1及R2兩者表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A1), it is preferable that at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents -SO 2 -, and it is more preferable that both of R 1 and R 2 represent -SO 2 -.

所述通式(A1)更佳為由下述通式(A1-1)表示。 The general formula (A1) is more preferably represented by the following general formula (A1-1).

通式(A1-1)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0026-31
General formula (A1-1)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0026-31

(通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-。X1及X2分別獨立地表示伸烷基或伸芳基) (In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-. X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an alkylene group or an aryl group)

通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2的含義與通式(A1)中的R1及R2相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R the same meaning as in the general formula (A1) 2 in R 1 and R 2, preferred ranges are also the same.

當X1表示伸烷基時,伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。當X1表示伸芳基時,伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而更佳為6。當X1具有取代基時,較佳為經氟原子取代。 When X 1 represents an alkylene group, the carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-8, more preferably 1-6. When X 1 represents an aryl extension group, the carbon number of the aryl extension group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12, and even more preferably 6. When X 1 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted by a fluorine atom.

X2表示伸烷基或伸芳基,較佳為伸烷基。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6,進而更佳為1~3,特佳為1。當X2具有取代基時,較佳為經氟原子取代。 X 2 represents an alkylene group or an arylene group, preferably an alkylene group. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6, still more preferably from 1 to 3, and particularly preferably from 1. When X 2 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted by a fluorine atom.

通式(A2)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0027-32
General formula (A2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0027-32

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-。R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN) (In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN)

通式(A2)中,較佳為R3~R5的至少一個表示-SO2-,更佳為R3~R5的至少兩個表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A2), preferably at least one of R 3 to R 5 represents -SO 2 -, and more preferably at least two of R 3 to R 5 represents -SO 2 -.

作為抗衡陰離子為具有陰離子部的化合物時的具體例,亦可例示R-SO3 -、R-COO-或R-PO4 -,且R為鹵素原子、可由鹵素原子取代的烷基、可由鹵素原子取代的芳基的情況。 As specific examples of the counter anion is an anion portion when the compound having, also illustrating R-SO 3 -, R- COO - or R-PO 4 -, and R is a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted by a halogen atom, a halogen by In the case of atom-substituted aryl groups.

另外,作為含有由所述通式(A1)所表示的基的化合物的具 體例,可例示R1與鹵素原子、可由鹵素原子取代的烷基、可由鹵素原子取代的芳基進行鍵結的化合物。 In addition, as specific examples of the compound containing the group represented by the general formula (A1), a compound in which R 1 is bonded to a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, or an aryl group substituted with a halogen atom can be exemplified. .

另外,作為含有由所述通式(A2)所表示的基的化合物的具體例,可例示R4及R5分別為鹵素原子、可由鹵素原子取代的烷基、可由鹵素原子取代的芳基的情況。 In addition, as specific examples of the compound containing the group represented by the general formula (A2), R 4 and R 5 are each a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, or an aryl group substituted with a halogen atom. Condition.

當抗衡陰離子為具有陰離子部的化合物時,抗衡陰離子較佳為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物、含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物或含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物。 When the counter anion is a compound having an anion part, the counter anion is preferably a compound containing a bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, a compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion, or a compound containing a sulfonate anion .

含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物可為單體,亦可為聚合物。含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物較佳為由下述通式(AN1)表示。 The compound containing the bis(sulfonyl)imide anion may be a monomer or a polymer. The compound containing a bis(sulfonyl)imide anion is preferably represented by the following general formula (AN1).

通式(AN1)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0028-33
General formula (AN1)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0028-33

通式(AN1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。X1與X2可鍵結而形成環。 In the general formula (AN1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to form a ring.

R1表示烷基或芳基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。烷基較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。經氟原子取代的烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。烷基亦可具有取代基。尤其,較佳為全氟烷基,更佳為全氟 甲基。 R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may have a substituent. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferable.

芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12。芳基較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom.

R2的含義與R1相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 R 2 has the same meaning as R 1 and the preferred range is also the same.

作為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物的具體例,較佳為雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子。藉由設為此種構成,可進一步提昇耐熱性。 As a specific example of the compound containing a bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide anion is preferable. With such a configuration, heat resistance can be further improved.

含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物較佳為由下述通式(AN2)所表示的化合物。 The compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (AN2).

通式(AN2)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0029-34
General formula (AN2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0029-34

通式(AN2)中,R3~R5分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 In the general formula (AN2), R 3 to R 5 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.

R3表示烷基或芳基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。烷基較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。經氟原子取代的烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。烷基亦可具有取代基。尤其,較佳為全氟烷基,更佳為全氟甲基。 R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may have a substituent. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferable.

芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12。芳基較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。 The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom.

R4的含義與R3相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 R 4 has the same meaning as R 3 , and the preferred range is also the same.

R5的含義與R3相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 R 5 has the same meaning as R 3 , and the preferred range is also the same.

作為含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物的具體例,較佳為三(三氟甲磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。 As a specific example of the compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion, a tris(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)methide anion is preferable.

含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物較佳為由下述通式(AN3)表示。 The compound containing a sulfonate anion is preferably represented by the following general formula (AN3).

通式(AN3)R-SO3 - Formula (AN3) R-SO 3 -

通式(AN3)中,R表示烷基或芳基。當R表示烷基時,較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。尤其,較佳為全氟烷基,更佳為全氟甲基。 In the general formula (AN3), R represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. When R represents an alkyl group, it is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferable.

當R表示芳基時,較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12。 When R represents an aryl group, it is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12.

作為含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物的具體例,較佳為三氟甲磺酸根陰離子。 As a specific example of the compound containing a sulfonate anion, a trifluoromethanesulfonate anion is preferable.

作為其他抗衡陰離子的具體例,可列舉以下的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。於本說明書中,將以下的其他抗衡陰離子的具體例稱為「抗衡陰離子A」。 As specific examples of other counter anions, the following specific examples can be cited, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. In this specification, the following specific examples of other counter anions are referred to as "counter anion A".

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0031-35
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0031-35

[化24]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0032-36
[化24]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0032-36

繼而,對抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物的情況進行說明。 Next, the case where the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group will be described.

作為交聯性基,可列舉:可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的公知的聚合性基。具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、環狀醚基及由-C-O-R所表示的基(其中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基),較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基及環狀醚基中的至少一種,更佳為選自(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及乙烯基中的一種,進而更佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基或苯乙烯基。 As a crosslinkable group, the well-known polymerizable group which can be crosslinked by radical, acid, and heat is mentioned. Specifically, examples include (meth)acrylic groups, styryl groups, vinyl groups, cyclic ether groups, and groups represented by -COR (where R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). ), preferably at least one selected from (meth)acrylic, styryl, vinyl and cyclic ether groups, more preferably selected from (meth)acrylic, styryl and vinyl One of them is more preferably a (meth)acryloyl group or a styryl group.

含有交聯性基的化合物中的交聯性基的數量較佳為1~3,更佳為1。 The number of crosslinkable groups in the crosslinkable group-containing compound is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

另外,交聯性基與抗衡陰離子之間可直接進行鍵結,亦可經由連結基而進行鍵結,但較佳為經由連結基而進行鍵結。 In addition, the crosslinkable group and the counter anion may be directly bonded or may be bonded via a linking group, but it is preferable to bond via a linking group.

抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物時的具體例較佳為由下述通式(B)表示。 A specific example when the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group is preferably represented by the following general formula (B).

通式(B)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0033-37
General formula (B)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0033-37

(通式(B)中,P表示交聯性基。L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示所述抗衡陰離子) (In the general formula (B), P represents a crosslinkable group. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. anion represents the counter anion)

通式(B)中,P表示交聯性基,可列舉所述交聯性基。 In the general formula (B), P represents a crosslinkable group, and the above-mentioned crosslinkable group can be mentioned.

通式(B)中,當L表示二價的連結基時,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO2-及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 In the general formula (B), when L represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbons, an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbons, a heterocyclic linking group, and -CH=CH- , -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OC-, -SO 2 -and a combination of two or more of these base. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

尤其,連結基較佳為將碳數1~10的伸烷基、碳數6~12的伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-及-SO2-的2個以上組合而成的連結基。 In particular, the linking group is preferably a combination of two or more of an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, and -SO 2- Into the link base.

當抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物時,亦可具有交聯性基以外的其他官能基。作為其他官能基,可列舉酸基等。作為酸基,可例示:羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。當抗衡陰離子進而具有酸基時,化合物中的酸基的數量較佳為1~3,更佳為1。 When the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group, it may have other functional groups other than the crosslinkable group. Examples of other functional groups include acid groups. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group can be illustrated. When the counter anion further has an acid group, the number of acid groups in the compound is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

以下表示抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物時的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。 The following shows specific examples when the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化26]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0034-38
[化26]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0034-38

含有交聯性基的化合物的分子量較佳為200~2000,更佳為200~500。 The molecular weight of the compound containing a crosslinkable group is preferably 200-2000, more preferably 200-500.

繼而,對抗衡陰離子為含有具有陰離子部的重複單元的聚合物(以下,亦稱為陰離子多聚體)的情況進行說明。 Next, the case where the counter anion is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anion part (hereinafter also referred to as an anion polymer) will be described.

陰離子多聚體可於重複單元的側鏈上具有陰離子部,亦可於重複單元的主鏈上具有陰離子部,亦可於主鏈及側鏈兩者上具有陰離子部。 The anionic multimer may have an anion part on the side chain of the repeating unit, may have an anion part on the main chain of the repeating unit, or may have an anion part on both the main chain and the side chain.

陰離子多聚體較佳為由下述通式(C)及/或下述通式(D)表示。 The anionic multimer is preferably represented by the following general formula (C) and/or the following general formula (D).

通式(C)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0035-39
General formula (C)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0035-39

(通式(C)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈。L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示陰離子部) (In the general formula (C), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents an anion portion)

通式(C)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈,通常表示藉由聚合反應所形成的連結基,例如較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系、苯乙烯系、乙烯基系等。再者,由2個*所表示的部位成為重複單元。 In the general formula (C), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, and generally represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction. For example, a (meth)acrylic, styrene, vinyl, etc. are preferred. In addition, the part indicated by 2 * becomes a repeating unit.

當L1表示二價的連結基時,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO2-及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, -CH=CH-, -O-,- S-, -COO-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -and a linking group formed by combining two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

L1更佳為單鍵,或將碳數1~10的伸烷基、碳數6~12的伸芳基、-NH-、-CO2-、-O-及-SO2-的2個以上組合而成的二價的連結基。 L 1 is more preferably a single bond, or a C1-C10 alkylene group, a C6-C12 aryl group, two of -NH-, -CO 2 -, -O- and -SO 2- The bivalent linking base formed by the above combination.

陰離子多聚體較佳為由下述通式(AN4)表示。 The anionic multimer is preferably represented by the following general formula (AN4).

通式(AN4)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0036-40
General formula (AN4)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0036-40

通式(AN4)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈。L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R1表示烷基或芳基。 In the general formula (AN4), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.

X1及L1的含義與所述通式(C)中的X1及L1相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The meanings of X 1 and L 1 are the same as X 1 and L 1 in the general formula (C), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

R1表示烷基或芳基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。烷基較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。經氟原子取代的烷基的碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~3。烷基亦可具有取代基。尤其,較佳為全氟烷基,更佳為全氟甲基。芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12。芳基較佳為經氟 原子取代的芳基。 R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-6, more preferably 1-3. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferably from 1 to 6, and more preferably from 1 to 3. The alkyl group may have a substituent. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferable. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom.

通式(D)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0037-41
General formula (D)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0037-41

(通式(D)中,L2及L3分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示陰離子部) (In the general formula (D), L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents an anion portion)

通式(D)中,當L2及L3表示二價的連結基時,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO2-及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 In the general formula (D), when L 2 and L 3 represent a divalent linking group, they are preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, and- CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -and a combination of two or more of these base. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

L2較佳為碳數6~12的伸芳基(特別是伸苯基)。碳數6~30的伸芳基較佳為經氟原子取代。 L 2 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbons (especially a phenylene group). The arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

L3較佳為包含碳數6~12的伸芳基(特別是伸苯基)與-O-的組合的基,且較佳為至少-種碳數6~12的伸芳基經氟原子取代。 L 3 is preferably a group comprising a combination of an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbons (especially a phenylene group) and -O-, and preferably at least one arylene group having 6 to 12 carbons via a fluorine atom replace.

陰離子多聚體亦可含有具有聚合性基的重複單元。當含有具有聚合性基的重複單元時,相對於所有重複單元100莫耳,其量例如較佳為10莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~30莫耳。 The anionic multimer may also contain a repeating unit having a polymerizable group. When a repeating unit having a polymerizable group is contained, the amount is preferably 10 mol to 50 mol, and more preferably 10 mol to 30 mol relative to 100 mol of all repeating units.

另外,陰離子多聚體亦可含有具有酸基的重複單元。當含有 具有酸基的重複單元時,相對於所有重複單元100莫耳,其量例如較佳為10莫耳~50莫耳,更佳為10莫耳~30莫耳。 In addition, the anionic multimer may also contain a repeating unit having an acid group. When containing In the case of a repeating unit having an acid group, the amount is preferably 10 mol to 50 mol, and more preferably 10 mol to 30 mol relative to 100 mol of all repeating units.

陰離子多聚體的重量平均分子量較佳為1,000~30,000,更佳為重量平均分子量為3,000~20,000。 The weight average molecular weight of the anionic polymer is preferably 1,000 to 30,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.

當形成陰離子多聚體時,亦可添加鏈轉移劑。作為鏈轉移劑,較佳為烷基硫醇,更佳為碳數4以上的烷基硫醇,經羧基或醚基、酯基取代的烷基硫醇。 When an anionic polymer is formed, a chain transfer agent can also be added. The chain transfer agent is preferably an alkyl mercaptan, more preferably an alkyl mercaptan having a carbon number of 4 or more, and an alkyl mercaptan substituted with a carboxyl group, an ether group, or an ester group.

作為陰離子多聚體中所含有的鹵素離子含量,較佳為10ppm~3000ppm以下,更佳為10ppm~2000ppm,進而更佳為10ppm~1000ppm。 The content of halogen ions contained in the anionic polymer is preferably 10 ppm to 3000 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm to 2000 ppm, and still more preferably 10 ppm to 1000 ppm.

作為陰離子多聚體的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2015-030742號公報的段落號0034~段落號0035中所記載的結構,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As a specific example of the anionic polymer, the structure described in paragraph 0034 to paragraph 0035 of JP 2015-030742 A can be cited, and the content can be incorporated in this specification.

由通式(TP1)所表示的三芳基甲烷結構、及由通式(TP2)所表示的三芳基甲烷結構中,陽離子如以下般非定域化地存在,下述結構的含義相同,而設為均包含於本發明中者。 In the triarylmethane structure represented by the general formula (TP1) and the triarylmethane structure represented by the general formula (TP2), cations exist in a nonlocalized manner as follows, and the following structures have the same meaning, and These are all included in the present invention.

[化30]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0039-42
[化30]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0039-42

三芳基甲烷結構較佳為由下述通式(TP3)表示。 The triarylmethane structure is preferably represented by the following general formula (TP3).

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0039-43
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0039-43

通式(TP3)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基;Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基,Rtp71表示烷基或芳基;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 In the general formula (TP3), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons, and Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; X It represents an anion, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 includes an anion; any one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with the repeating unit A.

通式(TP3)中,Rtp21較佳為碳數1~6的烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀。烷基的 碳數較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。作為烷基可具有的取代基,可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。藉由設為此種構成,可進一步提昇耐光性。 In the general formula (TP3), Rtp 21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, but is preferably linear. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3. As the substituent which the alkyl group may have, the substituents exemplified in the section of the substituent group A mentioned later can be mentioned. With this structure, the light resistance can be further improved.

通式(TP3)中,Rtp22表示碳數6~10的芳基。Rtp22較佳為至少於鄰位上具有取代基的芳基。芳基可具有的取代基可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基,較佳為碳數1~3的烷基。藉由設為此種構成,可進一步提昇耐熱性。 In the general formula (TP3), Rtp 22 represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Rtp 22 is preferably an aryl group having a substituent at least at the ortho position. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include the substituents exemplified in the section of the substituent group A described later, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred. With such a configuration, heat resistance can be further improved.

Rtp71表示烷基或芳基,較佳為烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,較佳為環狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。芳基的碳數較佳為6~12,更佳為6~10。 Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and is preferably cyclic. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-8, more preferably 1-6. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-12, more preferably 6-10.

Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的任一者表示與重複單元的鍵結部位,較佳為Rtp71為與重複單元的鍵結部位。 Any one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with a repeating unit, and Rtp 71 is preferably a bonding site with a repeating unit.

三芳基甲烷結構較佳為由下述通式(TP3A)表示。 The triarylmethane structure is preferably represented by the following general formula (TP3A).

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0040-44
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0040-44

通式(TP3A)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6 的烷基;Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基;X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子;*表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 In the general formula (TP3A), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons; X represents an anion, or X is absent and Rtp At least one of 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion; * indicates the bonding site with the repeating unit A.

關於Rtp21、Rtp22的詳細情況,其含義與通式(TP3)的Rtp21、Rtp22相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 Regarding the details of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 , their meanings are the same as those of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 of the general formula (TP3), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

取代基群組A: 作為取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷基硫基(alkylthio group)、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。關於取代基群組A的詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2015-034966號公報的段落號0174~段落號0185的記載,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 Substituent group A: Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, cyano groups, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, silalkoxy groups, and heterocyclic oxy groups. , Acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, amine group (including alkylamino group, anilino group), acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, amine Sulfonamide, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio group, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfasulfonyl, alkylene Sulfonyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfonyl, acyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbamethan, arylazo or heterocyclic coupling Nitrogen group, imine group, phosphine group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, etc. For the details of the substituent group A, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0174 to 0185 of JP-A-2015-034966, the contents of which can be incorporated into this specification.

<<<<重複單元A的較佳的形態>>>> <<<<Preferable form of repeating unit A>>>>

重複單元A較佳為由下述通式(TP3-1)表示。 The repeating unit A is preferably represented by the following general formula (TP3-1).

[化33]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0042-45
[化33]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0042-45

通式(TP3-1)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基,Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基;L1表示碳數2~30的二價的連結基,Rtp31表示氫原子或甲基;X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子。 In the general formula (TP3-1), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, and Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an alkylene group. Aryl group; L 1 represents a divalent linking group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents an anion, or X does not exist and at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion.

Rtp21及Rtp22的含義與所述通式(TP3)中的Rtp21及Rtp22相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The meanings of Rtp 2 1 and Rtp 2 2 are the same as Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 in the general formula (TP3), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基,較佳為伸烷基。伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,較佳為環狀。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~12,更佳為6~10。伸烷基及伸芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。較佳為未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉所述取代基群組A中所說明的取代基。 Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an arylene group, preferably an alkylene group. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, and cyclic, and is preferably cyclic. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-8, more preferably 1-6. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-12, more preferably 6-10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. It is preferably unsubstituted. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated in the said substituent group A is mentioned.

L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L1的含義與所述通式(A)中的L1相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. 1 L of the same meaning as L 1 in the general formula (A), preferred ranges are also the same.

通式(TP3-1)中,「-Rtp71a-L1-」部分中的構成將重複單元A 的主鏈與三芳基甲烷結構的Rtp71a所鍵結的氮原子連接的鏈的原子的數量較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而更佳為3以上,特佳為5以上。上限例如較佳為20以下。根據該形態,於合成聚合物TP時,可抑制未反應或反應並不充分的低分子的三芳基甲烷化合物。其結果,可提昇耐熱性及耐溶劑性。 In the general formula (TP3-1), the number of atoms in the "-Rtp 71a -L 1 -" part constituting the chain connecting the main chain of the repeating unit A to the nitrogen atom bonded to Rtp 71a of the triarylmethane structure Preferably it is 1 or more, More preferably, it is 2 or more, More preferably, it is 3 or more, Especially preferably, it is 5 or more. The upper limit is preferably 20 or less, for example. According to this aspect, it is possible to suppress unreacted or insufficiently reacted low molecular triarylmethane compounds when synthesizing the polymer TP. As a result, heat resistance and solvent resistance can be improved.

重複單元A較佳為由下述通式(TP3-2)表示。 The repeating unit A is preferably represented by the following general formula (TP3-2).

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0043-46
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0043-46

通式(TP3-2)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,Rtp24分別獨立地表示碳數1~4的烷基,Rtp25分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基,Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基;Rtp31表示氫原子或甲基;L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基;X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子。 In the general formula (TP3-2), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, Rtp 24 each independently represents an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, and Rtp 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom Or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an arylene group; Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; X represents an anion, or there is no X In addition, at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 includes an anion.

Rtp21較佳為分別獨立為碳數1~6的烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,但較佳為直鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。 Preferably, Rtp 21 is each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, but is preferably linear. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3.

Rtp24較佳為分別獨立為碳數1或2的烷基。 Rtp 24 is preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms.

當Rtp25表示碳數1~3的烷基時,烷基的碳數較佳為1或2。 When Rtp 25 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 or 2.

Rtp71a的含義與所述通式(TP3-1)中的Rtp71a相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 Rtp 71a with the same meaning as in the general formula (TP3-1) Rtp 71a, the preferred ranges are also the same.

L1的含義與所述通式(TP3-1)中的L1相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 1 the same meaning as L 1 and L in the general formula (TP3-1), preferred ranges are also the same.

作為重複單元A的具體例,可列舉以下的結構,但本發明並不限定於該些結構。另外,於重複單元A的具體例中亦包含源自後述的具有三芳基甲烷結構的單體的重複單元。 As specific examples of the repeating unit A, the following structures can be cited, but the present invention is not limited to these structures. In addition, the specific example of the repeating unit A also includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a triarylmethane structure described later.

[化35]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0045-47
[化35]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0045-47

[化36]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0046-49
[化36]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0046-49

<<<重複單元B>>> <<<repeat unit B>>>

聚合物TP含有具有交聯性基的重複單元B。於聚合物TP的所有重複單元中,較佳為含有1質量%~99質量%的重複單元B。上限更佳為95質量%以下,進而更佳為90質量%以下。下限更佳為2質量%以上,進而更佳為3質量%以上。若重複單元B的含量為所述範圍,則耐熱性及耐溶劑性特別優異。 The polymer TP contains a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group. In all the repeating units of the polymer TP, it is preferable to contain 1% to 99% by mass of the repeating unit B. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more. If the content of the repeating unit B is in the above range, the heat resistance and solvent resistance are particularly excellent.

作為交聯性基,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的公知的交聯性基,例如可列舉:含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁基)、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基(其中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基)及碳酸酯基等。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、二環戊烯基等。作為碳酸酯基,較佳為環碳酸酯基。 As the crosslinkable group, a known crosslinkable group that can be crosslinked by radicals, acid, or heat can be used. Examples include groups containing ethylenically unsaturated bonds, cyclic ether groups (epoxy groups). , Oxetanyl), oxazoline group, a group represented by -COR (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a carbonate group, and the like. As a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, etc. are mentioned. The carbonate group is preferably a cyclic carbonate group.

交聯性基較佳為選自環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基(其中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基)、碳酸酯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、及乙烯基中的至少一種,更佳為環氧基或氧雜環丁基。 The crosslinkable group is preferably selected from epoxy group, oxetanyl group, oxazoline group, group represented by -COR (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms), carbonic acid At least one of an ester group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and a vinyl group is more preferably an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group.

關於聚合物TP所具有的交聯性基,聚合物TP所具有的交聯基彼此進行反應、或與鹼可溶性黏合劑或交聯劑等所具有的交聯性基進行反應。 Regarding the crosslinkable group possessed by the polymer TP, the crosslinkable group possessed by the polymer TP reacts with each other or with the crosslinkable group possessed by an alkali-soluble binder or a crosslinking agent.

作為重複單元B,可列舉如下的具體例。但是,本發明並不限定於該些具體例。 As the repeating unit B, the following specific examples can be given. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化37]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0048-98
[化37]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0048-98

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0048-52
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0048-52
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0049-53
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0049-53

<<<其他重複單元>>> <<<Other repeating units>>>

聚合物TP亦可進而含有所述重複單元A、重複單元B以外的其他重複單元。作為其他重複單元,例如可例示:源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元。 The polymer TP may further contain other repeating units other than the repeating unit A and the repeating unit B. As other repeating units, for example, repeating units derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylamide can be exemplified.

具體而言,可列舉具有酸基的重複單元。作為酸基,可例示:羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基,較佳為羧基。藉由聚合物TP進而含有具有酸基的重複單元,可進一步提昇著色組成物的顯影性能。當聚合物TP進而含有具有酸基的重複單元時,於聚合物TP的所有重複單元中,含有具有酸基的重複單元的重複單元的比例例如較佳為含有10質量%~80質量%,更佳為10質量%~60質量%。 Specifically, a repeating unit having an acid group can be mentioned. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group can be illustrated, and a carboxyl group is preferable. When the polymer TP further contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the development performance of the colored composition can be further improved. When the polymer TP further contains a repeating unit having an acid group, among all the repeating units of the polymer TP, the ratio of the repeating unit containing the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably, for example, 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and more Preferably, it is 10% by mass to 60% by mass.

其他重複單元亦可具有內酯基、酸酐基、醯胺基、 -COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等官能基。 Other repeating units can also have development promoting groups such as lactone groups, acid anhydride groups, amide groups, -COCH 2 CO-, cyano groups, long-chain alkyl groups and cyclic alkyl groups, aralkyl groups, aryl groups, and polyepoxy groups. Functional groups such as an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimide group, and an amine group, such as hydrophilic and hydrophobic adjusting groups.

以下表示其他重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 Specific examples of other repeating units are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0050-54
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0050-54

聚合物TP較佳為含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元的結構。例如可列舉:所述重複單元A及/或重複單元B為源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元的形態,所述其他重複單元為源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元的形態。 The polymer TP preferably has a structure containing a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylamide. For example, the repeating unit A and/or the repeating unit B is a form of a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylamide, and the other The repeating unit is in the form of a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylamide.

於本發明中,聚合物TP的重量平均分子量較佳為3000~500000。下限較佳為4000以上,更佳為5000以上,進而更佳 為7000以上,特佳為10000以上。上限較佳為200000以下,更佳為100000以下,特佳為50000以下。即,聚合物TP的重量平均分子量特佳為10000~50000。藉由將聚合物TP的重量平均分子量調整成所述範圍,耐熱性及耐溶劑性良好。進而,亦可使電壓特性變得良好。 In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is preferably 3,000 to 500,000. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, and even more preferably It is 7000 or more, particularly preferably 10000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. That is, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is particularly preferably 10,000 to 50,000. By adjusting the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP to the above range, heat resistance and solvent resistance are good. Furthermore, the voltage characteristics can also be improved.

聚合物TP的數量平均分子量較佳為2000~500000。下限較佳為2500以上,更佳為3000以上,進而更佳為4000以上,特佳為5000以上。上限較佳為100000以下,更佳為70000以下,特佳為50000以下。 The number average molecular weight of the polymer TP is preferably 2,000 to 500,000. The lower limit is preferably 2500 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, particularly preferably 5000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 70,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less.

聚合物TP的分散度(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)較佳為1.0~5.0。上限較佳為4.0以下,更佳為3.5以下,特佳為2.0以下。 The degree of dispersion (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) of the polymer TP is preferably 1.0 to 5.0. The upper limit is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably 3.5 or less, particularly preferably 2.0 or less.

聚合物TP的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量為藉由凝膠滲透層析儀(Gel Permeation Chromatograph,GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算值,具體為藉由後述的實施例中所記載的方法所測定的值。 The weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight of polymer TP are polystyrene conversion values measured by a gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatograph, GPC), and are specifically measured by the method described in the following examples Value.

於本發明中,相對於聚合物TP的質量,聚合物TP的具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以下,特佳為1質量%以下,亦可實質上不含有。再者,所謂實質上不含有,例如相對於聚合物TP的質量,化合物A的含量較佳為0.1質量%以下,更佳為0.01質量%以下,進而更佳為不含有。 In the present invention, relative to the mass of polymer TP, the content of compound A having a triarylmethane structure of polymer TP with a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably It is 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, and it may not be contained substantially. In addition, the so-called "substantially not contained", for example, relative to the mass of the polymer TP, the content of the compound A is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and still more preferably not contained.

藉由將化合物A的含量設為20質量%以下,可有效地抑制聚 合物TP自膜中的溶出,其結果,可提昇膜的耐溶劑性或耐熱性。 By setting the content of compound A to 20% by mass or less, it is possible to effectively inhibit poly The elution of the compound TP from the film, as a result, can improve the solvent resistance or heat resistance of the film.

化合物A為具有三芳基甲烷結構的化合物,具體而言,是指具有三芳基甲烷結構的原料單體等未反應物、或含有不具有聚合性基的原料單體的雜質等。 Compound A is a compound having a triarylmethane structure, and specifically refers to unreacted materials such as raw material monomers having a triarylmethane structure, or impurities containing raw material monomers that do not have a polymerizable group.

聚合物TP中的化合物A的含量可藉由在聚合物TP的GPC測定中利用紫外光進行檢測來測定。 The content of the compound A in the polymer TP can be measured by detecting with ultraviolet light in the GPC measurement of the polymer TP.

於本發明中,聚合物TP中的化合物A的含量為如下的值:利用HLC-8020GPC(東曹(股份)製造),將使2根TSKgel α-M(東曹(股份)製造,7.8mm(內徑)×30cm)串聯連接而成者作為管柱,並將測定條件設為試樣濃度為0.35質量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone,NMP)溶液、流速為0.3mL/min、樣品注入量為10μL、測定溫度為40℃,且使用紫外線檢測器進行測定所得的值。 In the present invention, the content of compound A in the polymer TP is the following value: Using HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.), two TSKgel α-M (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd., 7.8 mm (Inner diameter)×30cm) as the column, and the measurement condition is set to the sample concentration of 0.35 mass% N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone (N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone, NMP ) The value of the solution, the flow rate is 0.3 mL/min, the sample injection volume is 10 μL, the measurement temperature is 40° C., and the measurement is performed with an ultraviolet detector.

聚合物TP較佳為含有由通式(TP-7)所表示的重複單元的聚合物。 The polymer TP is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the general formula (TP-7).

[化40]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0053-55
[化40]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0053-55

通式(TP-7)中,R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R1a表示伸烷基或伸芳基,L11表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基;L12及L13表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基;R2表示碳數1~10的烴基;R3表示交聯性基;X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物;a~d為重複單元的質量比,a及d表示超過0的數,b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。 In the general formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1a represents an alkylene group or an aryl group, and L 11 represents A single bond or a divalent linking group with 1 to 30 carbons; L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group with 1 to 30 carbons; R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons; R 3 represents a crosslinkable group; X represents a compound containing bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or sulfonate anion; a~d are the mass ratios of repeating units, a and d represents a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number greater than 0.

通式(TP-7)中,R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,較佳為碳數1~6的烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1~3。烷基較佳為直鏈狀。 In the general formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group is preferably linear.

R2表示碳數1~10的烴基。烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀,較佳為直鏈狀或環狀。烴基較佳為脂肪族烴基,更佳為烷基。尤其,R2較佳為碳數5~10的環狀的烷基、碳數1~8的直鏈狀的烷基或碳數3~8的分支狀的烷基。環狀的烷基的碳數較佳為6~8,更佳為6。直鏈狀的烷基的碳數較佳為1或2,更佳為1。分支狀 的烷基的碳數較佳為3~8。烴基亦可具有取代基,取代基較佳為羥基。作為烴基具有取代基時的例子,較佳為羥基乙基。 R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or cyclic. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group. In particular, R 2 is preferably a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. The carbon number of the cyclic alkyl group is preferably 6-8, more preferably 6. The carbon number of the linear alkyl group is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1. The carbon number of the branched alkyl group is preferably 3-8. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a hydroxyl group. As an example when the hydrocarbon group has a substituent, a hydroxyethyl group is preferred.

R3表示交聯性基。交聯性基可列舉:選自含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基(其中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基)及碳酸酯基中的至少一種。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、二環戊烯基等。 R 3 represents a crosslinkable group. Examples of crosslinkable groups include groups selected from ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, oxazoline groups, and groups represented by -COR (where R represents a hydrogen atom or carbon number). At least one of 1-20 alkyl) and carbonate group. As a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, etc. are mentioned.

R4表示氫原子或甲基,較佳為甲基。 R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a methyl group.

R1a表示伸烷基或伸芳基,較佳為伸烷基。伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種,較佳為環狀。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~12,更佳為6~10。伸烷基及伸芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。較佳為未經取代。作為取代基,可列舉所述取代基群組A中所說明的取代基。 R 1a represents an alkylene group or an arylene group, preferably an alkylene group. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, and cyclic, and is preferably cyclic. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-8, more preferably 1-6. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-12, more preferably 6-10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. It is preferably unsubstituted. As a substituent, the substituent demonstrated in the said substituent group A is mentioned.

L11表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基。二價的連結基可列舉:碳數1~30的伸烷基,碳數6~12的伸芳基,將該些與選自-CO-、-OCO-、-O-、-NH-及-SO2-中的一種組合而成的基。二價的連結基較佳為伸烷基、或伸烷基彼此經由選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上連結而成的連結基。 L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of divalent linking groups include: alkylene groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, arylene groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and these are selected from -CO-, -OCO-, -O-, -NH- and -SO 2 -is a combination of bases. The divalent linking group is preferably an alkylene group or a linking group in which alkylene groups are connected via one or more selected from -O-, -COO-, and -OCO-.

L12及L13表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基。二價的連結基可列舉碳數1~30的伸烷基,碳數6~12的伸芳基,將該些與選自-CO-、-OCO-、-O-、-NH-及-SO2-中的一種組合而成的基。伸烷基及伸芳基可具有取代基,亦可未經取代。作為取代基,可 列舉所述取代基群組A。其中,較佳為羥基。 L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a bivalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the divalent linking group include alkylene groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, arylene groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and these are selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -OCO-, -O-, -NH- and- SO 2 -a combination of bases. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent group A. Among them, a hydroxyl group is preferred.

通式(TP-7)中,「-L11-R1a-」部分中的構成將重複單元A的主鏈與三芳基甲烷結構的R1a所鍵結的氮原子連接的鏈的原子的數量較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而更佳為3以上,特佳為5以上。上限例如較佳為20以下。 In the general formula (TP-7), the number of atoms in the "-L 11 -R 1a -" part constituting the chain connecting the main chain of the repeating unit A to the nitrogen atom bonded to R 1a of the triarylmethane structure Preferably it is 1 or more, More preferably, it is 2 or more, More preferably, it is 3 or more, Especially preferably, it is 5 or more. The upper limit is preferably 20 or less, for example.

通式(TP-7)中,X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物,較佳為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物。 In the general formula (TP-7), X represents a compound containing bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or sulfonate anion, preferably containing bis(sulfonyl) The compound of the imine anion.

含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物可為單量體,亦可為多聚體。含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物較佳為由所述通式(AN1)所表示的化合物。 The compound containing the bis(sulfonyl)imide anion may be a single body or a multimer. The compound containing a bis(sulfonyl)imide anion is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (AN1).

含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物較佳為由所述通式(AN2)所表示的化合物。 The compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (AN2).

含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物較佳為由所述通式(AN3)所表示的化合物。 The compound containing a sulfonate anion is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (AN3).

a~d為重複單元的質量比,a及d表示超過0的數,b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。當將a~d的合計設為1時,a較佳為0.01~0.99。b表示0以上的整數,較佳為0~90。c表示0以上的整數,較佳為0~90。d較佳為0.01~0.99。 a to d are the mass ratios of the repeating units, a and d represent a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number of 0 or more. When the total of a to d is set to 1, a is preferably 0.01 to 0.99. b represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably 0 to 90. c represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably 0 to 90. d is preferably 0.01 to 0.99.

以下表示本發明中聚合物TP的具體例,但並不限定於該些具體例。 The following shows specific examples of the polymer TP in the present invention, but it is not limited to these specific examples.

[化41]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0056-56
[化41]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0056-56

[化42]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0057-57
[化42]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0057-57

[化43]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0058-58
[化43]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0058-58

[化44]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0059-59
[化44]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0059-59

[化45]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0060-60
[化45]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0060-60

<聚合物TP的製造方法> <Manufacturing method of polymer TP>

本發明的聚合物TP可使如下的原料單體進行聚合來製造,所述原料單體至少包含具有由選自通式(TP1a)、及通式(TP2a)中的至少一種所表示的三芳基甲烷結構的三芳基甲烷單體、及具有交聯性基的單體。原料單體可進而包含具有酸基的單體、或具有所述其他重複單元中所說明的官能基的單體。 The polymer TP of the present invention can be produced by polymerizing raw material monomers containing at least a triaryl group represented by at least one selected from general formula (TP1a) and general formula (TP2a) A triarylmethane monomer of a methane structure and a monomer having a crosslinkable group. The raw material monomer may further include a monomer having an acid group or a monomer having a functional group described in the other repeating unit.

[化46]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0061-61
[化46]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0061-61

通式(TP1a)及通式(TP2a)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8、Rtp9及Rtp11分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;當a、b、c及d為2以上時,Rtp5、Rtp6、Rtp8及Rtp9中的2個可相互連結而形成環;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個具有聚合性基。 In general formula (TP1a) and general formula (TP2a), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; a , B, c, and d each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 and Rtp 9 can be connected to each other to form a ring ; X represents an anion, or X and absent Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and at least one contains an anionic Rtp 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 Rtp and having at least one polymerizable group 72.

Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71、Rtp72及X的含義與通式(TP1a)、及通式(TP2a)的Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71、Rtp72及X相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 , Rtp meaning as the general formula (TP1a) Rtp 72, and X, and the general formula (TP2a) of 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71, Rtp 72 and the same as X, preferred ranges are also the same .

通式(TP1a)及通式(TP2a)中,Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個具有聚合性基。較佳為Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個具有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 In general formula (TP1a) and general formula (TP2a), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a polymerizable group. It is preferable that at least one of Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group, a vinyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a styryl group, etc. are mentioned, Preferably it is a (meth)acryloyl group.

以下表示三芳基甲烷單體的具體例。以下所示的結構之 中,就聚合的觀點而言,較佳為D-42~D-44。 Specific examples of triarylmethane monomers are shown below. One of the structures shown below Among them, from the viewpoint of polymerization, D-42 to D-44 are preferred.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0062-99
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0062-99

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0062-63
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0062-63

聚合溫度較佳為40℃~90℃,更佳為50℃~70℃。於聚合物中的交聯性基不進行反應的範圍內提高聚合溫度,藉此可使三芳基甲烷單體的聚合容易進行。例如,於所述溫度範圍內進行聚合,藉此抑制聚合物中的環氧基與羧基的反應並可抑制分子量的增大,其結果,可獲得亮度或耐熱性優異的聚合物。另外,可減少三芳基甲烷單體的殘存量,並可使耐溶劑性或電壓保持率變佳。 The polymerization temperature is preferably 40°C to 90°C, more preferably 50°C to 70°C. By increasing the polymerization temperature within the range where the crosslinkable group in the polymer does not react, the polymerization of the triarylmethane monomer can be facilitated. For example, by performing polymerization within the temperature range, the reaction between the epoxy group and the carboxyl group in the polymer is suppressed and the increase in the molecular weight can be suppressed. As a result, a polymer excellent in brightness and heat resistance can be obtained. In addition, the residual amount of triarylmethane monomer can be reduced, and solvent resistance or voltage retention can be improved.

聚合較佳為於合計含有30質量%~60質量%的所述原料單體的溶液中進行。溶液中的原料單體的含量更佳為35質量%~55質量%,進而更佳為40質量%~55質量%。若原料單體的含量為所述範圍,則可使三芳基甲烷單體的聚合容易進行。其結果,可減少聚合物TP中的化合物A的含量。 The polymerization is preferably performed in a solution containing 30% to 60% by mass of the raw material monomers in total. The content of the raw material monomer in the solution is more preferably 35% by mass to 55% by mass, and still more preferably 40% by mass to 55% by mass. If the content of the raw material monomer is within the above range, the polymerization of the triarylmethane monomer can be facilitated. As a result, the content of the compound A in the polymer TP can be reduced.

作為原料單體的反應溶液的製備中所使用的溶劑,可列舉後述的著色組成物可含有的溶劑。 Examples of the solvent used in the preparation of the reaction solution of the raw material monomer include solvents that can be contained in the coloring composition described later.

於聚合時亦可添加鏈轉移劑。作為鏈轉移劑,較佳為烷基硫醇,更佳為碳數4以上的烷基硫醇或經羧基、醚基、酯基取代的烷基硫醇。尤其,就臭氣的觀點而言,較佳為十二基硫醇、二季戊四醇六-3-巰基丙酸酯,進而,就促進顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為硫代蘋果酸、巰基丙酸。 A chain transfer agent can also be added during polymerization. The chain transfer agent is preferably an alkyl mercaptan, and more preferably an alkyl mercaptan having 4 or more carbons or an alkyl mercaptan substituted with a carboxyl group, an ether group, or an ester group. In particular, from the viewpoint of odor, dodecyl mercaptan and dipentaerythritol hexa-3-mercaptopropionate are preferred, and from the viewpoint of promoting developability, thiomalic acid and mercapto are preferred. Propionic acid.

於結束聚合後,亦可進行精製處理。藉此,可減少化合物A的含量。 After the polymerization is completed, a refining treatment can also be carried out. Thereby, the content of compound A can be reduced.

本發明的著色組成物中,相對於本發明的著色組成物的 總固體成分,聚合物TP的含量較佳為10質量%~60質量%,更佳為10質量%~40質量%。 In the coloring composition of the present invention, relative to the coloring composition of the present invention As for the total solid content, the content of the polymer TP is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass.

<<其他著色化合物>> <<Other coloring compounds>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有一種或兩種以上的所述聚合物TP以外的其他著色化合物。作為其他著色化合物,可列舉:染料化合物、顏料化合物及該些的分散物。 The coloring composition of the present invention may also contain one or two or more other coloring compounds other than the polymer TP. Examples of other coloring compounds include dye compounds, pigment compounds, and dispersions of these.

當調配顏料化合物作為分散物時,可根據日本專利特開平9-197118號公報、日本專利特開2000-239544號公報的記載來製備。 When the pigment compound is formulated as a dispersion, it can be prepared in accordance with the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-197118 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-239544.

作為染料化合物,例如可列舉:偶氮系(例如溶劑黃162)、蒽醌系(例如日本專利特開2001-10881號公報中所記載的蒽醌化合物)、酞菁系(例如美國專利2008/0076044A1中所記載的酞菁化合物)、呫噸系(例如C.I.酸性紅289(C.I.Acid.Red 289))、三芳基甲烷系(例如C.I.酸性藍7(C.I.Acid Blue 7)、C.I.酸性藍83(C.I.Acid Blue 83)、C.I.酸性藍90(C.I.Acid Blue 90)、C.I.溶劑藍38(C.I.Solvent Blue 38)、C.I.酸性紫17(C.I.Acid Violet 17)、C.I.酸性紫49(C.I.Acid Violet 49)、C.I.酸性綠3(C.I.Acid Green 3))、次甲基染料、呫噸染料(例如日本專利特開2010-32999號公報)、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物(例如日本專利特開2012-237985號公報)等。 Examples of dye compounds include azo series (for example, Solvent Yellow 162), anthraquinone series (for example, the anthraquinone compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-10881), and phthalocyanine series (for example, U.S. Patent 2008/ 0076044A1), xanthene series (e.g. CI Acid Red 289 (CIAcid.Red 289)), triarylmethane series (e.g. CI Acid Blue 7 (CIAcid Blue 7), CI Acid Blue 83 ( CIAcid Blue 83), CI Acid Blue 90 (CIAcid Blue 90), CI Solvent Blue 38 (CISolvent Blue 38), CI Acid Violet 17 (CIAcid Violet 17), CI Acid Violet 49 (CIAcid Violet 49), CI Acid Green 3 (CIAcid Green 3)), methine dyes, xanthene dyes (e.g. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-32999), dipyrromethene-based metal complex compounds (e.g., Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012- Communiqué No. 237985) and so on.

作為顏料化合物,可列舉:苝、紫環酮、喹吖啶酮、喹吖啶酮醌、蒽醌、蒽締蒽酮、苯并咪唑酮、雙偶氮縮合、雙偶氮、 偶氮、陰丹士林、酞菁、三芳基碳鎓、二噁嗪、胺基蒽醌、二酮吡咯并吡咯、靛藍、硫靛藍、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、皮蒽酮或異紫蒽酮等。更詳細而言,例如可列舉:顏料紅190、顏料紅224、顏料紫29等苝化合物顏料,顏料橙43、或顏料紅194等紫環酮化合物顏料,顏料紫19、顏料紫42、顏料紅122、顏料紅192、顏料紅202、顏料紅207、或顏料紅209等喹吖啶酮化合物顏料,顏料紅206、顏料橙48、或顏料橙49等喹吖啶酮醌化合物顏料,顏料黃147等蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料紅168等蒽締蒽酮化合物顏料,顏料棕25、顏料紫32、顏料橙36、顏料黃120、顏料黃180、顏料黃181、顏料橙62、或顏料紅185等苯并咪唑酮化合物顏料,顏料黃93、顏料黃94、顏料黃95、顏料黃128、顏料黃166、顏料橙34、顏料橙13、顏料橙31、顏料紅144、顏料紅166、顏料紅220、顏料紅221、顏料紅242、顏料紅248、顏料紅262、或顏料棕23等雙偶氮縮合化合物顏料,顏料黃13、顏料黃83、或顏料黃188等雙偶氮化合物顏料,顏料紅187、顏料紅170、顏料黃74、顏料黃150、顏料紅48、顏料紅53、顏料橙64、或顏料紅247等偶氮化合物顏料,顏料藍60等陰丹士林化合物顏料,顏料綠7、顏料綠36、顏料綠37、顏料綠58、顏料藍16、顏料藍75、或顏料藍15等酞菁化合物顏料,顏料藍56、或顏料藍61等三芳基碳鎓化合物顏料,顏料紫23、或顏料紫37等二噁嗪化合物顏料,顏料紅177等胺基蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料紅254、顏料紅255、顏料紅264、顏料紅272、顏料橙71、或顏料橙73等二酮吡咯并吡咯 化合物顏料,顏料紅88等硫靛藍化合物顏料,顏料黃139、顏料橙66等異吲哚啉化合物顏料,顏料黃109、或顏料橙61等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料,顏料橙40、或顏料紅216等皮蒽酮化合物顏料,或者顏料紫31等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。 Examples of the pigment compound include perylene, perylene, quinacridone, quinacridone quinone, anthraquinone, anthracenanthrone, benzimidazolone, bisazo condensation, bisazo, Azo, indanthrene, phthalocyanine, triarylcarbonium, dioxazine, aminoanthraquinone, diketopyrrolopyrrole, indigo, thioindigo, isoindoline, isoindolinone, pyranthrone Or isoviolanthrone and so on. In more detail, for example, perylene compound pigments such as Pigment Red 190, Pigment Red 224, and Pigment Violet 29; perylene compound pigments such as Pigment Orange 43 or Pigment Red 194; Pigment Violet 19, Pigment Violet 42, and Pigment Red 122, Pigment Red 192, Pigment Red 202, Pigment Red 207, or Pigment Red 209 and other quinacridone compound pigments, Pigment Red 206, Pigment Orange 48, or Pigment Orange 49 and other quinacridone quinone compound pigments, Pigment Yellow 147 Anthraquinone compound pigments, pigment red 168 and other anthraquinone compound pigments, Pigment Brown 25, Pigment Violet 32, Pigment Orange 36, Pigment Yellow 120, Pigment Yellow 180, Pigment Yellow 181, Pigment Orange 62, or Pigment Red 185, etc. Benzimidazolone compound pigments, Pigment Yellow 93, Pigment Yellow 94, Pigment Yellow 95, Pigment Yellow 128, Pigment Yellow 166, Pigment Orange 34, Pigment Orange 13, Pigment Orange 31, Pigment Red 144, Pigment Red 166, Pigment Red 220 , Pigment Red 221, Pigment Red 242, Pigment Red 248, Pigment Red 262, or Pigment Brown 23 and other disazo condensed compound pigments, Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Yellow 83, or Pigment Yellow 188 and other disazo compound pigments, Pigment Red 187, Pigment Red 170, Pigment Yellow 74, Pigment Yellow 150, Pigment Red 48, Pigment Red 53, Pigment Orange 64, or Pigment Red 247 and other azo compound pigments, Pigment Blue 60 and other indanthrene compound pigments, Pigment Green 7 , Pigment Green 36, Pigment Green 37, Pigment Green 58, Pigment Blue 16, Pigment Blue 75, or Pigment Blue 15 and other phthalocyanine compound pigments, Pigment Blue 56, or Pigment Blue 61 and other triarylcarbonium compound pigments, Pigment Violet 23 , Or Dioxazine compound pigments such as Pigment Violet 37, Aminoanthraquinone compound pigments such as Pigment Red 177, Pigment Red 254, Pigment Red 255, Pigment Red 264, Pigment Red 272, Pigment Orange 71, or Pigment Orange 73 and other diketones Pyrrolopyrrole Compound pigments, thioindigo compound pigments such as Pigment Red 88, isoindolinone compound pigments such as Pigment Yellow 139 and Pigment Orange 66, isoindolinone compound pigments such as Pigment Yellow 109 or Pigment Orange 61, Pigment Orange 40, or pigment Pianthrone compound pigments such as Red 216, or isoviolanthrone compound pigments such as Pigment Violet 31.

於本發明中,較佳為綠色~青色的色材,較佳為顏料綠7、顏料綠36、顏料綠37、顏料綠58、顏料藍16、顏料藍75、或顏料藍15等酞菁化合物顏料,顏料藍56、或顏料藍61等三芳基碳鎓化合物顏料,顏料紫23、或顏料紫37等二噁嗪化合物顏料,顏料紅177等胺基蒽醌化合物顏料,顏料紅254、顏料紅255、顏料紅264、顏料紅272、顏料橙71、或顏料橙73等二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料,顏料紅88等硫靛藍化合物顏料,顏料黃139、顏料橙66等異吲哚啉化合物顏料,顏料黃109、或顏料橙61等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料,顏料橙40、或顏料紅216等皮蒽酮化合物顏料,或顏料紫31等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。 In the present invention, it is preferably a color material of green to cyan, preferably a phthalocyanine compound such as Pigment Green 7, Pigment Green 36, Pigment Green 37, Pigment Green 58, Pigment Blue 16, Pigment Blue 75, or Pigment Blue 15 Pigments, triarylcarbonium compound pigments such as Pigment Blue 56, or Pigment Blue 61, dioxazine compound pigments such as Pigment Violet 23, or Pigment Violet 37, Aminoanthraquinone compound pigments such as Pigment Red 177, Pigment Red 254, Pigment Red 255, Pigment Red 264, Pigment Red 272, Pigment Orange 71, or Pigment Orange 73 and other diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigments, Pigment Red 88 and other thioindigo compound pigments, Pigment Yellow 139, Pigment Orange 66 and other isoindoline compound pigments , Pigment Yellow 109, or Pigment Orange 61 and other isoindolinone compound pigments, Pigment Orange 40, or Pigment Red 216 and other pyranthrone compound pigments, or Pigment Violet 31 and other isoviolanthrone compound pigments.

尤其,作為其他著色化合物,較佳為含有選自呫噸化合物、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物、噁嗪化合物及酞菁化合物中的至少一種,更佳為含有選自呫噸化合物及二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物中的至少一種。 In particular, as other coloring compounds, it is preferable to contain at least one selected from xanthene compounds, dipyrromethene-based metal zirconium compounds, oxazine compounds, and phthalocyanine compounds, and it is more preferable to contain at least one selected from xanthene compounds and two At least one of pyrromethene-based metal aluminum compounds.

<呫噸化合物> <Xanthene Compound>

呫噸化合物是於分子內具有呫噸骨架的化合物。作為呫噸化合物,例如可列舉:染料索引(Colour Index,C.I.)酸性紅51(以下,省略C.I.酸性紅的記載,僅記載編號。其他亦相同)、52、87、 92、94、289、388,C.I.酸性紫9、30、102,C.I.鹼性紅1(若丹明6G)、2、3、4、8,C.I.鹼性紅10(若丹明B)、11,C.I.鹼性紫10、11、25,C.I.溶劑紅218,C.I.媒介紅27,C.I.活性紅36(孟加拉玫瑰紅B),磺基若丹明G,日本專利特開2010-32999號公報中所記載的呫噸化合物及日本專利第4492760號公報中所記載的呫噸化合物等。 A xanthene compound is a compound having a xanthene skeleton in the molecule. Examples of xanthene compounds include: Dye Index (Colour Index, C.I.) Acid Red 51 (hereinafter, the description of C.I. Acid Red is omitted, and only the number is described. Others are the same), 52, 87, 92, 94, 289, 388, CI Acid Violet 9, 30, 102, CI Basic Red 1 (Rhodamine 6G), 2, 3, 4, 8, CI Basic Red 10 (Rhodamine B), 11 , CI Basic Violet 10, 11, 25, CI Solvent Red 218, CI Medium Red 27, CI Reactive Red 36 (Rose Bengal B), Sulfo-Rhodamine G, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-32999 The described xanthene compound, the xanthene compound described in Japanese Patent No. 4492760, and the like.

作為呫噸化合物,較佳為含有由通式(1a)所表示的化合物(以下,有時稱為「化合物(1a)」)。化合物(1a)亦可為其互變異構體。當使用化合物(1a)時,呫噸化合物中的化合物(1a)的含量較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,進而更佳為90質量%以上。尤其,作為呫噸化合物,較佳為僅使用化合物(1a)。 The xanthene compound preferably contains a compound represented by general formula (1a) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "compound (1a)"). Compound (1a) may also be its tautomer. When the compound (1a) is used, the content of the compound (1a) in the xanthene compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more. In particular, as the xanthene compound, it is preferable to use only the compound (1a).

通式(1a)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0067-64
General formula (1a)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0067-64

通式(1a)中,R1~R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基、或可具有取代基的碳數6~10的一價的芳香族烴基,所述飽和烴基中所含有的-CH2-可由-O-、 -CO-或-NR11-取代;R1及R2可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環,R3及R4可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環;R5表示-OH、-SO3 -、-SO3H、-SO3 -Z+、-CO2H、-CO2 -Z+、-CO2R8、-SO3R8或-SO2NR9R10;R6及R7分別獨立地表示碳數1~6的烷基;m1表示0~5的整數。當m1為2以上時,多個R5可相同,亦可不同;m2及m3分別獨立地表示0~3的整數。當m2及m3分別獨立地為2或3時,多個R6及R7分別獨立地可相同,亦可不同;a表示0或1;當a表示0時,R1~R7的任一個基具有陰離子;X-表示陰離子;Z+表示N+(R11)4、Na+或K+,4個R11可相同,亦可不同;R8表示碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基,所述飽和烴基中所含有的氫原子可由鹵素原子取代;R9及R10分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基,所述飽和烴基中所含有的-CH2-可由-O-、-CO-、-NH-或-NR8-取代,R9及R10可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的3員環~10員環的雜環;R11表示氫原子、碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基或碳數7~10的芳烷基。 In the general formula (1a), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbons that may have a substituent, or a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group with 6 to 10 carbons that may have a substituent The -CH 2 -contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted by -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 -; R 1 and R 2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom, R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom; R 5 represents -OH, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - Z +, -CO 2 H, -CO 2 - Z + , -CO 2 R 8 , -SO 3 R 8 or -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 ; R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; m1 represents an integer of 0 to 5. When m1 is 2 or more, multiple R 5 may be the same or different; m2 and m3 each independently represent an integer of 0-3. When m2 and m3 are independently 2 or 3, a plurality of R 6 and R 7 may be the same or different independently; a represents 0 or 1; when a represents 0, any one of R 1 to R 7 The group has an anion; X - represents an anion; Z + represents N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , four R 11 can be the same or different; R 8 represents a monovalent saturated with carbon number of 1-20 Hydrocarbon group, the hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a halogen atom; R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the saturated hydrocarbon group contains- CH 2 -may be substituted by -O-, -CO-, -NH- or -NR 8 -, R 9 and R 10 may be bonded to each other to form a 3-membered to 10-membered heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom; R 11 It represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbons, or an aralkyl group with 7 to 10 carbons.

作為R1~R4中的碳數6~10的一價的芳香族烴基,例 如可列舉:苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、均三甲苯基、丙基苯基及丁基苯基等。其中,較佳為甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、均三甲苯基、丙基苯基,特別是甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基,其中,較佳為2,6-二取代的二甲苯基。 Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, propylphenyl, and butylbenzene. Base and so on. Among them, tolyl, xylyl, mesityl, and propylphenyl are preferred, especially tolyl and xylyl, and among them, 2,6-disubstituted xylyl is preferred. .

作為芳香族烴基可具有的取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、-R8、-OH、-OR8、-SO3-、-SO3H、-SO3 -Z+、-CO2H、-CO2R8、-SR8、-SO2R8、-SO3R8或-SO2NR9R10。該些之中,作為取代基,較佳為-SO3-、-SO3H、-SO3 -Z+及-SO2NR9R10,更佳為-SO3 -Z+及-SO2NR9R10。作為該情況下的-SO3 -Z+,較佳為-SO3 -N+(R11)4Examples of substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include halogen atoms, -R 8 , -OH, -OR 8 , -SO 3 -, -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - Z + , -CO 2 H, and- CO 2 R 8 , -SR 8 , -SO 2 R 8 , -SO 3 R 8 or -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 . Among these, the substituents are preferably -SO 3 -, -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - Z + and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 , more preferably -SO 3 - Z + and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 . As -SO 3 - Z + in this case, -SO 3 - N + (R 11 ) 4 is preferable.

藉由R1~R4為該些基,可形成耐熱性更優異的彩色濾光片。 When R 1 to R 4 are these groups, a color filter with more excellent heat resistance can be formed.

作為R1及R2相互鍵結而形成的環、以及R3及R4相互鍵結而形成的環,例如可列舉以下者。 Examples of the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other and the ring formed by bonding R 3 and R 4 to each other include the following.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0069-65
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0069-65

該些之中,就化合物穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為以下所示的結構。 Among these, from the viewpoint of compound stability, the structure shown below is preferable.

[化51]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0070-66
[化51]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0070-66

作為R8~R11中的碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二基、十六基、二十基等直鏈狀烷基;異丙基、異丁基、異戊基、新戊基、2-乙基己基等支鏈狀烷基;環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、三環癸基等碳數3~20的脂環式飽和烴基。 Examples of monovalent saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 8 to R 11 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, Linear alkyl groups such as decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, and eicosyl; branched alkyl groups such as isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl; ring Alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups with 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as propyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, and tricyclodecyl.

其中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基,特佳為丙基、異丙基、丁基、己基、2-乙基己基。 Among them, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl are preferred, and propyl, isopropyl, and butyl are particularly preferred. , Hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl.

碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基中所含有的氫原子例如可由碳數6~10的芳香族烴基或鹵素原子取代。 The hydrogen atom contained in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be substituted with, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.

作為-OR8,例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基及二十氧基等。其中,較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基。 Examples of -OR 8 include: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, and diethylhexyloxy. Decaoxy and so on. Among them, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and butoxy are preferred.

作為-CO2R8,例如可列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、己氧基羰基及二十氧基羰基等。其中,較佳為甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基。 Examples of -CO 2 R 8 include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxycarbonyl group, and an eicosyloxycarbonyl group. Among them, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, and a propoxycarbonyl group are preferred.

作為-SR8,例如可列舉:甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫基、己硫基、癸硫基及二十硫基等。 Examples of -SR 8 include methylthio, ethylthio, butylthio, hexylthio, decylthio, and icosylthio.

作為-SO2R8,例如可列舉:甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、己基磺醯基、癸基磺醯基及二十基磺醯基等。 Examples of -SO 2 R 8 include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, hexylsulfonyl, decylsulfonyl, and eicosylsulfonyl.

作為-SO3R8,例如可列舉:甲氧基磺醯基、乙氧基磺醯基、丙氧基磺醯基、第三丁氧基磺醯基、己氧基磺醯基及二十氧基磺醯基等。 Examples of -SO 3 R 8 include: methoxysulfonyl, ethoxysulfonyl, propoxysulfonyl, tert-butoxysulfonyl, hexyloxysulfonyl, and oxacin Oxysulfonyl and so on.

作為-SO2NR9R10,例如可列舉:胺磺醯基;N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-異丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-異丁基胺磺醯基、N-第二丁基胺磺醯基、N-第三丁基胺磺醯基、N-戊基胺磺醯基、N-(1-乙基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,1-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(2,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(3-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-環戊基胺磺醯基、N-己基胺磺醯基、N-(1,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(3,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-庚基胺磺醯基、N-(1-甲基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,4-二甲基戊基)胺磺醯基、N-辛基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,5-二甲基)己基胺磺醯基、N-(1,1,2,2-四甲基丁基)胺磺醯基等N-1取代胺磺醯基;N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-乙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-二乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-丙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-異丙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-第三丁基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-丁基乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-雙(1-甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-庚基甲基胺磺醯基等N,N-2取代胺磺醯基等。 Examples of -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 include: sulfasulfonyl; N-methylsulfasulfonyl, N-ethylsulfasulfonyl, N-propylsulfasulfonyl, and N-isopropyl Sulfamoyl, N-Butyl Sulfamoyl, N-Isobutyl Sulfamoyl, N-Second Butyl Sulfamoyl, N-Third Butyl Sulfamoyl, N-Pentyl Sulfamyl, N-(1-ethylpropyl)sulfamethonyl, N-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)sulfamethonyl, N-(1,2-dimethylpropyl) ) Sulfonamide, N-(2-Ethylhexyl) Sulfonyl, N-(2,2-Dimethylpropyl) Sulfonyl, N-(1-methylbutyl) Sulfonyl Aceyl, N-(2-methylbutyl)sulfasulfonyl, N-(3-methylbutyl)sulfasulfonyl, N-cyclopentylsulfasulfonyl, N-hexylsulfasulfonyl , N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)sulfasulfonyl, N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)sulfasulfonyl, N-heptylsulfasulfonyl, N-(1 -Methylhexyl) Sulfonyl, N-(1,4-Dimethylpentyl) Sulfonyl, N-octyl Sulfonyl, N-(2-Ethylhexyl) Sulfonyl , N-(1,5-dimethyl)hexylsulfasulfonyl, N-(1,1,2,2-tetramethylbutyl)sulfasulfonyl and other N-1 substituted sulfasulfonyl groups; N , N-Dimethylsulfasulfonyl, N,N-Ethylmethylsulfasulfonyl, N,N-Diethylsulfasulfonyl, N,N-propylmethylsulfasulfonyl, N A Group) N,N-2 substituted sulfasulfonyl, N,N-heptylmethylsulfasulfonyl, etc.

其中,較佳為N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-異丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-戊基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基,更佳為N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基。 Among them, preferred are N-methylsulfasulfonyl, N-ethylsulfasulfonyl, N-propylsulfasulfonyl, N-isopropylsulfasulfonyl, and N-butylsulfasulfonyl , N-pentylsulfasulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)sulfasulfonyl, more preferably N-methylsulfasulfonyl, N-ethylsulfasulfonyl, N-propylamine Sulfonyl, N-butylsulfasulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)sulfasulfonyl.

R9、R10中的碳數1~20的一價的飽和烴基亦可具有取代基,作為取代基,可列舉羥基及鹵素原子。 The monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.

R5較佳為-CO2H、-CO2 -Z+、-CO2R8、-CO2NHR9、-SO3 -、-SO3 -Z+、-SO3H、-SO2R8、或-SO2NHR9,更佳為-SO3 -、-SO3 -Z+、-SO3H或-SO2NHR9R 5 is preferably -CO 2 H, -CO 2 - Z +, -CO 2 R 8, -CO 2 NHR 9, -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 H, -SO 2 R 8, or -SO 2 NHR 9, more preferably -SO 3 -, -SO 3 - Z +, -SO 3 H or -SO 2 NHR 9.

m1較佳為1~4的整數,更佳為1或2。 m1 is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2.

R6及R7分別獨立地表示碳數1~6的烷基。 R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

m2及m3分別獨立地表示0~3的整數,較佳為0。 m2 and m3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and 0 is preferred.

作為R11中的碳數7~10的芳烷基,可列舉:苄基、苯基乙基、苯基丁基等。 Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms in R 11 include benzyl, phenylethyl, and phenylbutyl.

a表示0或1,當a表示0時,R1~R7的任一個基具有陰離子,較佳為R5具有陰離子。 a represents 0 or 1. When a represents 0, any one of R 1 to R 7 has an anion, preferably R 5 has an anion.

X-對應於通式(1a)中所含有的陽離子的價數來含有,通常為一價或二價,較佳為一價。作為陰離子X-,可例示:氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子等或低親核性陰離子,較佳為氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子或碘陰離子。所謂低親核性陰離子,表示具有比硫酸的pKa低的pKa 的有機酸解離而成的陰離子結構。作為陰離子的例子,可列舉日本專利特開2007-310315號公報的段落號0075中所記載的低親核性陰離子、日本專利特開2012-173399號公報的段落0016~段落0025中所記載的陰離子、日本專利特開2013-037316號公報的段落0025~段落0033中所記載的陰離子部等,該些的內容可被編入至本說明書中。 X - is contained corresponding to the valence of the cation contained in the general formula (1a), and is usually monovalent or divalent, preferably monovalent. Examples of the anion X − include : fluoride anion, chloride anion, bromide anion, iodide anion, cyanide ion, perchlorate anion, etc. or low nucleophilic anion, preferably fluoride anion, chloride anion, bromide anion, or iodide anion . The low nucleophilic anion means an anion structure in which an organic acid having a pKa lower than that of sulfuric acid is dissociated. Examples of the anion include the low nucleophilic anion described in paragraph 0075 of JP 2007-310315, and the anion described in paragraph 0016 to paragraph 0025 of JP 2012-173399 , Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-037316, the anion part described in paragraph 0025 to paragraph 0033, etc., the content of which can be incorporated into this specification.

Z+為N+(R11)4、Na+或K+,較佳為N+(R11)4Z + is N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , preferably N + (R 11 ) 4 .

N+(R11)4較佳為4個R11中的至少兩個為碳數5~20的一價的飽和烴基。另外,4個R11的合計碳數較佳為20~80,更佳為20~60。 N + (R 11 ) 4 is preferably a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbons at least two of the 4 R 11. In addition, the total carbon number of the four R 11 is preferably 20 to 80, and more preferably 20 to 60.

化合物(1a)較佳為由通式(3a)所表示的化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(3a)」)。化合物(3a)亦可為其互變異構體。 Compound (1a) is preferably a compound represented by general formula (3a) (hereinafter may be referred to as "compound (3a)"). Compound (3a) may also be its tautomer.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0073-67
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0073-67

通式(3a)中,R31及R32分別獨立地表示碳數1~10的一價的飽和烴基。碳數1~10的一價的飽和烴基中所含有的氫原子亦可由碳數6~10的芳香族烴基或鹵素原子取代。碳數6~10的芳香族烴基中所含有的氫原子亦可由碳數1~3的烷氧基取代,碳數 1~10的一價的飽和烴基中所含有的-CH2-亦可由-O-、-CO-或-NR11-取代。 In the general formula (3a), R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be substituted with an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. The hydrogen atoms contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the -CH 2 -contained in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may also be replaced by- O-, -CO- or -NR 11 -replacement.

R33及R34分別獨立地表示碳數1~4的烷基、碳數1~4的烷硫基(alkyl sulfanyl)或碳數1~4的烷基磺醯基。 R 33 and R 34 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, an alkyl sulfanyl group having 1 to 4 carbons, or an alkyl sulfanyl group having 1 to 4 carbons.

R31及R33可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環,R32及R34可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環。 R 31 and R 33 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom, and R 32 and R 34 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom.

p及q分別獨立地表示0~5的整數。當p為2以上時,多個R33可相同,亦可不同。當q為2以上時,多個R34可相同,亦可不同。 p and q each independently represent an integer of 0-5. When p is 2 or more, a plurality of R 33 may be the same or different. When q is 2 or more, a plurality of R 34 may be the same or different.

R11的含義與通式(1a)中的R11相同。 The same meaning as R 11 in the general formula (1a) in R 11.

作為R31及R32中的碳數1~10的一價的飽和烴基,可列舉通式(1a)中的R8中所說明的碳數1~10的一價的飽和烴基中的碳數1~10的一價的飽和烴基。其中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、2-乙基己基。可作為取代基而具有的碳數6~10的芳香族烴基可列舉通式(1a)中的R1中所說明的碳數6~10的一價的芳香族烴基。 Examples of the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbons in R 31 and R 32 include the number of carbons in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbons described in R 8 in the general formula (1a) A monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group of 1-10. Among them, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, and 2-ethylhexyl are preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may be possessed as a substituent includes the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms described in R 1 in the general formula (1a).

作為可取代碳數6~10的芳香族烴基中所含有的氫原子的碳數1~3的烷氧基,例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。 Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms that can replace the hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a propoxy group.

R31及R32較佳為分別獨立地為碳數1~3的一價的飽和烴基。 Preferably, R 31 and R 32 are each independently a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

作為R33及R34中的碳數1~4的烷基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等。其中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 33 and R 34 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, etc. . Among them, methyl, ethyl, and propyl are preferred.

作為R33及R34中的碳數1~4的烷硫基,可列舉:甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基及異丙硫基等。 Examples of the alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 33 and R 34 include methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, butylthio, isopropylthio, and the like.

作為R33及R34中的碳數1~4的烷基磺醯基,可列舉:甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基及異丙基磺醯基等。 Examples of the alkylsulfonyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 33 and R 34 include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, and isopropyl. Sulfonyl and so on.

p及q較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。 p and q are preferably an integer of 0-2, more preferably 0 or 1.

作為化合物(1a)的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2014-005451號公報的段落號0039~段落號0046中所記載的由式(1-1)~式(1-43)所表示的化合物,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As a specific example of the compound (1a), the compound represented by formula (1-1) to formula (1-43) described in paragraph number 0039 to paragraph number 0046 of JP 2014-005451 A can be cited , Its content can be incorporated into this manual.

呫噸化合物可使用市售的呫噸染料(例如,中外化成(股份)製造的「Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R-H/C」、田岡化學工業(股份)製造的「若丹明(Rhodamin)6G」)。另外,亦可將市售的呫噸染料作為起始原料,並參考日本專利特開2010-32999號公報來合成,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As the xanthene compound, commercially available xanthene dyes (for example, "Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R-H/C" manufactured by Chugai Chemicals Co., Ltd., and "Rhodamin 6G" manufactured by Taoka Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be used. In addition, a commercially available xanthene dye can also be used as a starting material and synthesized with reference to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-32999, the content of which can be incorporated in this specification.

<二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物> <Dipyrromethene based metal complexes>

作為二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物,可列舉由通式(I)所表示的化合物配位於金屬原子或金屬化合物上而成的化合物。 Examples of the dipyrromethene-based metal aluminum compound include compounds in which the compound represented by the general formula (I) is coordinated to a metal atom or a metal compound.

通式(I)[化53]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0076-68
General formula (I) [化53]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0076-68

通式(I)中,R1~R6分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R7表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 In the general formula (I), R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.

作為取代基,可列舉所述取代基群組A。當取代基為可進一步取代的基時,亦可由所述取代基的任一者進一步取代。再者,當具有2個以上的取代基時,該些取代基可相同,亦可不同。 Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent group A. When the substituent is a group that may be further substituted, it may be further substituted by any of the above-mentioned substituents. Furthermore, when it has two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different.

通式(I)中,R1與R2、R2與R3、R4與R5、及R5與R6可分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的環。作為所形成的環,可列舉飽和環、或不飽和環。作為該5員、6員或7員的飽和環,或者不飽和環,例如可列舉:吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、環戊烯環、環己烯環、苯環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、噠嗪環,較佳為可列舉苯環、吡啶環。 In the general formula (I), R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 may be independently bonded to each other to form a 5-member, 6-member or 7-member ring . As the ring to be formed, a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring can be mentioned. Examples of the 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated ring or unsaturated ring include pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, A pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a cyclopentene ring, a cyclohexene ring, a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, Preferably, a benzene ring and a pyridine ring are mentioned.

再者,當所形成的5員、6員及7員的環為可進一步取代的基時,可由所述取代基群組A的任一者取代,當由2個以上的取代基取代時,該些取代基可相同,亦可不同。 Furthermore, when the formed 5-membered, 6-membered, and 7-membered rings are groups that may be further substituted, they may be substituted by any one of the substituent group A, and when they are substituted by two or more substituents, These substituents may be the same or different.

通式(I)中,R1及R6較佳為烷基胺基、芳基胺基、碳醯胺基、脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基,更佳為 碳醯胺基、脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基,進而更佳為碳醯胺基、脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基,特佳為碳醯胺基、脲基。 In the general formula (I), R 1 and R 6 are preferably alkylamino groups, arylamino groups, carbamide groups, ureido groups, amide groups, alkoxycarbonylamino groups, and sulfonamide groups, It is more preferably a carbamido group, a ureido group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, and a sulfonamido group, and still more preferably a carbamido group, a ureido group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, and a sulfonamido group, and particularly preferably Carbamide group, urea group.

通式(I)中,R2及R5較佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基,更佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基,進而更佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基,特佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基。 In the general formula (I), R 2 and R 5 are preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamethan group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a nitrile group, an imino group, The carbamate sulfonyl group, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamate group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a nitrile group, an imino group, a carbamate sulfonyl group, and even more Preferred are alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, carbamethan, nitrile, amido, carbamate sulfonyl groups, particularly preferably alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, carbamate .

通式(I)中,R3及R4較佳為烷基、芳基或雜環基,更佳為烷基或芳基。 In the general formula (I), R 3 and R 4 are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group.

通式(I)中,當R3及R4表示烷基時,作為烷基,較佳為碳數1~12的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烷基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、及苄基。另外,更佳為碳數1~12的分支狀或環狀的烷基,例如可列舉:異丙基、環丙基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基。進而更佳為碳數1~12的二級或三級的烷基,例如可列舉:異丙基、環丙基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環己基等。 In the general formula (I), when R 3 and R 4 represent an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example: methyl , Ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and benzyl. In addition, it is more preferably a branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclo Hexyl. More preferably, it is a secondary or tertiary alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include isopropyl, cyclopropyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, cyclobutyl, and cyclohexyl.

通式(I)中,當R3及R4表示芳基時,作為芳基,較佳為苯基及萘基,更佳為苯基。 In the general formula (I), when R 3 and R 4 represent an aryl group, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group and a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.

當R3及R4表示雜環基時,作為雜環基,較佳為2-噻吩基、 4-吡啶基、3-吡啶基、2-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-咪唑基、1-吡唑基或苯并三唑-1-基,更佳為2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基或1-吡啶基。 When R 3 and R 4 represent a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is preferably 2-thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 2-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl or benzotriazol-1-yl, more preferably 2-thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl or 1-pyridyl.

繼而,對形成二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物的金屬原子或金屬化合物進行說明。 Next, the metal atom or metal compound forming the dipyrromethene-based metal aluminous compound will be described.

作為金屬原子或金屬化合物,只要是可形成錯合物的金屬原子或金屬化合物,則可為任何金屬原子或金屬化合物,包括二價的金屬原子、二價的金屬氧化物、二價的金屬氫氧化物、或二價的金屬氯化物。例如,除Zn、Mg、Si、Sn、Rh、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Pb、Cu、Ni、Co、Fe、B以外,亦包括AlCl、InCl、FeCl、TiCl2、SnCl2、SiCl2、GeCl2等金屬氯化物,TiO、VO等金屬氧化物,Si(OH)2等金屬氫氧化物。 The metal atom or metal compound can be any metal atom or metal compound as long as it can form a complex compound, including divalent metal atoms, divalent metal oxides, and divalent metal hydrogens. Oxide, or divalent metal chloride. For example, in addition to Zn, Mg, Si, Sn, Rh, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Pb, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, B, it also includes AlCl, InCl, FeCl, TiCl 2 , SnCl 2 , SiCl 2 , GeCl 2 and other metal chlorides, TiO, VO and other metal oxides, Si(OH) 2 and other metal hydroxides.

該些之中,就錯合物的穩定性、分光特性、耐熱性、耐光性、及製造適應性等的觀點而言,較佳為Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO、B、或VO,更佳為Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co、B、或VO,特佳為Fe、Zn、Cu、Co、B、或VO(V=O)。該些之中,特佳為Zn。 Among these, from the viewpoints of stability, spectral characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, and manufacturing suitability of the complex compound, Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn are preferred. , Cu, Ni, Co, TiO, B, or VO, more preferably Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co, B, or VO, particularly preferably Fe, Zn, Cu, Co , B, or VO (V=O). Among these, Zn is particularly preferred.

由通式(I)所表示的化合物配位於金屬原子或金屬化合物上而成的二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物的較佳的形態可參照日本專利特開2012-237985號公報的段落0153~段落0176中所記載的由通式(I-1)、通式(I-2)或通式(I-3)所表示的錯化合物,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 The preferred form of the dipyrromethene-based metal complex compound formed by the compound represented by the general formula (I) coordinated on a metal atom or a metal compound can refer to paragraph 0153~ of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-237985 The content of the complex compound represented by general formula (I-1), general formula (I-2), or general formula (I-3) described in paragraph 0176 can be incorporated into this specification.

作為二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物的具體例,可參照日本專利特開2012-237985號公報的段落0179~段落0186的記載,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As a specific example of the dipyrromethene-based metal complex compound, refer to the description of paragraph 0179 to paragraph 0186 of JP 2012-237985 A, the content of which can be incorporated into this specification.

當本發明的著色組成物含有其他著色化合物時,相對於本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分,較佳為0.5質量%~70質量%。另外,較佳為以吸收強度比(450nm的吸收/650nm的吸收)變成0.95~1.05的範圍的方式,添加至著色組成物中。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains other coloring compounds, the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5% by mass to 70% by mass. In addition, it is preferable to add to the coloring composition so that the absorption intensity ratio (absorption at 450 nm/absorption at 650 nm) is in the range of 0.95 to 1.05.

<<聚合性化合物>> <<Polymerizable compound>>

本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性化合物。作為聚合性化合物,例如可列舉具有至少一個乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的加成聚合性化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. As a polymerizable compound, the addition polymerizable compound which has at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond is mentioned, for example.

具體而言,自具有至少一個、較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中選擇。此種化合物群組是於該產業領域中廣為人知者,於本發明中可無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些化合物例如可為單體,預聚物,即二聚體、三聚體及寡聚物,或該些的混合物以及該些的(共)聚合體等化學形態的任一種。較佳為單體。 Specifically, it is selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Such a group of compounds is widely known in the industrial field, and these compounds can be used in the present invention without particular limitation. These compounds may be monomers, prepolymers, ie, dimers, trimers, and oligomers, or mixtures of these compounds, and (co)polymers of these compounds. Preferably it is a monomer.

作為單體及其(共)聚合體的例子,可列舉:不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該些的(共)聚合體,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該些的(共)聚合體。另外, 亦可適宜地使用具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物,或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵基或甲苯磺醯基氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦適宜。另外,作為其他例,亦可使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯、乙烯基醚等的化合物群組來代替所述不飽和羧酸。 Examples of monomers and (co)polymers thereof include: unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters , Amides, and these (co)polymers, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyol compounds, amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyamine compounds, and these The (co)polymer. in addition, The addition reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and mercapto groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies, or with monofunctional Or the dehydration condensation reaction product of polyfunctional carboxylic acid, etc. In addition, addition reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and further have halogens Substitution reactants of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with detachable substituents such as sulfonyloxy group or tosyloxy group and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also suitable. In addition, as another example, a group of compounds substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether, etc. may be used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為該些化合物的具體例,可參照日本專利特開2014-208808號公報的段落號0156~段落號0159,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As specific examples of these compounds, refer to paragraphs 0156 to 0159 of JP 2014-208808 A, the contents of which can be incorporated into this specification.

另外,作為聚合性化合物,二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造),二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造),二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造),二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造),及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基而進行鍵結的結構亦較佳。亦可使用該些的寡聚物型。 In addition, as polymerizable compounds, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available product is Kayarad (KAYARAD) D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available product is Kayara (KAYARAD) D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is Kayarad (KAYARAD) D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) , Dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available product is Kayarad (KAYARAD) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and these (meth)acrylic acid groups are through ethylene glycol residues , Propylene glycol residues and bonded structures are also preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.

該些聚合性化合物的結構、單獨使用還是併用、添加量 等使用方法的詳細情況可結合著色組成物的最終的性能設計而任意地設定。例如,就感度的觀點而言,較佳為每1分子的不飽和基含量多的結構,於多數情況下,較佳為二官能以上。另外,就提高硬化膜的強度的觀點而言,較佳為三官能以上者,進而,藉由併用官能基數不同.聚合性基不同(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯基醚系化合物)的聚合性化合物,而調節感度與強度兩者的方法亦有效。另外,對於與著色組成物中所含有的其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、著色劑(顏料)、黏合劑聚合物等)的相容性、分散性而言,聚合性化合物的選擇.使用法亦是重要的因素,例如,有時可使用低純度化合物或併用兩種以上來提昇相容性。另外,就提昇與基板等的硬質表面的密接性的觀點而言,亦可選擇特定的結構。 The structure of these polymerizable compounds, whether to be used alone or in combination, and the amount of addition The details of the usage method can be arbitrarily set according to the final performance design of the coloring composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a structure having a large amount of unsaturated groups per molecule is preferred, and in many cases, it is preferably bifunctional or higher. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the cured film, it is preferably trifunctional or higher, and furthermore, the number of functional groups is different by using in combination. For polymerizable compounds having different polymerizable groups (for example, acrylate, methacrylate, styrene-based compound, and vinyl ether-based compound), the method of adjusting both sensitivity and strength is also effective. In addition, in terms of compatibility and dispersibility with other ingredients contained in the colored composition (such as photopolymerization initiators, colorants (pigments), binder polymers, etc.), the choice of polymerizable compounds. The method of use is also an important factor. For example, sometimes low-purity compounds can be used or two or more of them can be used in combination to improve compatibility. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to a hard surface of a substrate or the like, a specific structure can also be selected.

就更有效地獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言,著色組成物的總固體成分中的聚合性化合物的含量較佳為10質量%~80質量%,更佳為15質量%~75質量%,特佳為20質量%~60質量%。 From the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 75% by mass, Particularly preferred is 20% by mass to 60% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種聚合性化合物,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or two or more types. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> <<Photopolymerization initiator>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始劑只要是可使聚合性化合物進行聚合者,則並無特別限制,較佳為以特性、起始效率、吸收波長、獲得性、成本等的觀點進行選擇。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can polymerize the polymerizable compound, and it is preferably selected from the viewpoints of characteristics, initial efficiency, absorption wavelength, availability, cost, and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:選自鹵甲基噁二唑化合物及鹵甲基-均三嗪化合物中的至少一種活性鹵素化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物、咯吩二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、肟化合物等。關於光聚合起始劑的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落[0070]~段落[0077]中所記載者。其中,就聚合反應迅速的觀點等而言,較佳為肟化合物或聯咪唑系化合物。 As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, at least one active halogen compound selected from the group consisting of halomethyl oxadiazole compounds and halomethyl-s-triazine compounds, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, and dichlorophene Polymers, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes and their salts, oxime compounds, etc. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include those described in paragraph [0070] to paragraph [0077] of JP 2004-295116 A. Among them, from the viewpoint of rapid polymerization reaction, etc., an oxime compound or a biimidazole-based compound is preferred.

作為肟系化合物(以下,亦稱為「肟系光聚合起始劑」),並無特別限定,例如可列舉:日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、WO02/100903A1、日本專利特開2001-233842號公報等中所記載的肟系化合物。 The oxime-based compound (hereinafter, also referred to as "oxime-based photopolymerization initiator") is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, WO02/100903A1, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2001- The oxime compound described in 233842 gazette and others.

作為肟系化合物的具體例,可參照日本專利特開2013-182215號公報的段落0053的記載,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As a specific example of the oxime-based compound, reference can be made to the description of paragraph 0053 of JP 2013-182215 A, the content of which can be incorporated into this specification.

另外,於本發明中,就感度、經時穩定性、後加熱時的著色的觀點而言,作為肟化合物,更佳為由下述通式(1)或通式(2)所表示的化合物。 In the present invention, from the viewpoints of sensitivity, stability over time, and coloration during post-heating, the oxime compound is more preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or (2) .

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0082-69
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0082-69

(通式(1)中,R及X分別表示一價的取代基,A表示二價的有機基,Ar表示芳基。n為1~5的整數) (In the general formula (1), R and X each represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. n is an integer of 1 to 5)

作為R,就高感度化的觀點而言,較佳為醯基,具體而言,較佳為乙醯基、丙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲苯甲醯基。 As R, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity, an acyl group is preferable, and specifically, an acetyl group, a propyl group, a benzyl group, and a tolyl group are preferable.

作為A,就提高感度、抑制伴隨加熱經時的著色的觀點而言,較佳為未經取代的伸烷基、經烷基(例如甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二基)取代的伸烷基、經烯基(例如乙烯基、烯丙基)取代的伸烷基、經芳基(例如苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、異丙苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、苯乙烯基)取代的伸烷基。 As A, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloration with heating with time, an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tertiary butyl group, a dodecyl group) is preferred. Substituted alkylene, alkylene substituted with alkenyl (e.g. vinyl, allyl), aryl (e.g. phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl, cumyl, naphthyl, anthryl) , Phenanthryl, styryl) substituted alkylene.

作為Ar,就提高感度、抑制伴隨加熱經時的著色的觀點而言,較佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。於經取代的苯基的情況下,作為其取代基,例如較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵基。 As Ar, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloration with heating with time. In the case of a substituted phenyl group, the substituent is preferably a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, for example.

作為X,就提昇溶劑溶解性與長波長區域的吸收效率的觀點而言,較佳為烷基、芳基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基硫氧基、芳基硫氧基或胺基。另外,通式(1)中的n較佳為1~2的整數。 X is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthiooxy group, and an aryloxy group from the viewpoint of improving solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength region Group thiooxy group or amino group. In addition, n in the general formula (1) is preferably an integer of 1-2.

[化55]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0084-70
[化55]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0084-70

通式(2)中,R101表示烷基、烷醯基、烯醯基、芳醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、烷基硫羰基、芳基硫羰基、雜環硫羰基或CO-CO-Rf。Rf表示碳環式芳香族基或雜環式芳香族基。 In the general formula (2), R 101 represents an alkyl group, an alkanoyl group, an alkenoyl group, an arylalanyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, an arylthiocarbonyl group , Heterocyclic thiocarbonyl or CO-CO-Rf. Rf represents a carbocyclic aromatic group or a heterocyclic aromatic group.

R102表示烷基、芳基或雜環基,該些亦可被取代。 R 102 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, and these may be substituted.

R103及R104分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基,該些基可由鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、烷基羰基等進一步取代。 R 103 and R 104 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, and these groups may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, and the like.

R105~R111分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳醯基、雜芳醯基、烷基硫基、芳醯硫基、雜芳醯基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、雜環羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、硝基、胺基、磺酸基、羥基、羧酸基、醯胺基、胺甲醯基或氰基。 R 105 to R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, and a heteroaryl group. Amino groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, heterocyclic carbonyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl groups, nitro groups, amino groups, sulfonic acid groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, amide groups , Carboxamide or cyano.

R105~R111中的一個或兩個為吸電子性的取代基,即硝基、氰基、烷基羰基或芳基羰基的情況因可獲得具有更高的硬化性的著色組成物,故較佳。 When one or two of R 105 to R 111 are electron-withdrawing substituents, that is, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkyl carbonyl group, or an aryl carbonyl group, a coloring composition with higher curability can be obtained, so Better.

作為由所述通式(2)所表示的具有茀結構的化合物的具體例,可列舉日本專利特開2014-177502號公報的段落號0087 ~段落號0088中所記載的化合物,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As a specific example of the compound having a chrysanthemum structure represented by the general formula (2), Paragraph No. 0087 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-177502 can be cited ~ The content of the compound described in paragraph number 0088 can be incorporated into this specification.

由所述通式(2)所表示的具有茀結構的化合物例如可依據WO2014-050738號公報中所記載的合成方法來合成。 The compound having a tea structure represented by the general formula (2) can be synthesized in accordance with the synthesis method described in WO2014-050738, for example.

作為肟系光聚合起始劑的市售品,可使用:豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫公司製造),TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造),Adeka Arkls NCI-831(艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造)、Adeka Arkls NCI-930(艾迪科公司製造)等。 Commercially available oxime-based photopolymerization initiators can be used: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG -304 (manufactured by Changzhou Qiangli Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA), Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA), etc.

作為聯咪唑系化合物的具體例,可參照日本專利特開2013-182213號公報的段落0061~段落0070的記載,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As a specific example of the biimidazole-based compound, reference can be made to the description of paragraph 0061 to paragraph 0070 of JP 2013-182213 A, the content of which can be incorporated into this specification.

另外,於本發明的著色組成物中,除所述光聚合起始劑以外,亦可使用日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落號0079中所記載的其他公知的光聚合起始劑。 In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, in addition to the photopolymerization initiator, other known photopolymerization initiators described in paragraph 0079 of JP 2004-295116 A can also be used.

本發明亦可使用具有氟原子的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有氟原子的肟化合物的具體例,可列舉:日本專利特開2010-262028號公報記載的化合物,日本專利特表2014-500852號公報記載的化合物24、化合物36~化合物40,日本專利特開2013-164471號公報記載的化合物(C-3)等。其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 In the present invention, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include: the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-262028, the compound 24 described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-500852, the compound 36 to the compound 40, and the Japanese Patent Special The compound (C-3) and the like described in the Publication No. 2013-164471. Its content can be incorporated into this manual.

就更有效地獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言,光聚合起始 劑於著色組成物的總固體成分中的含量較佳為3質量%~20質量%,更佳為4質量%~19質量%,特佳為5質量%~18質量%。 From the viewpoint of obtaining the effects of the present invention more effectively, the initiation of photopolymerization The content of the agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 3% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 4% by mass to 19% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 18% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<有機溶劑>> <<Organic Solvent>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有有機溶劑。 The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains an organic solvent.

有機溶劑只要是可滿足併存的各成分的溶解性或製成著色組成物時的塗佈性者,則基本上無特別限制,特佳為考慮黏合劑的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性來選擇。 The organic solvent is basically not limited as long as it can satisfy the solubility of the coexisting components or the coatability of the colored composition. It is particularly preferable to consider the solubility, coatability, and safety of the adhesive. choose.

作為有機溶劑,可使用酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類,具體而言,可例示日本專利特開2012-032754號公報的段落號0161~段落號0162中所記載者。 As the organic solvent, esters, ethers, ketones, and aromatic hydrocarbons can be used, and specifically, those described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of JP 2012-032754 A can be exemplified.

就所述各成分的溶解性等的觀點而言,將兩種以上的該些有機溶劑混合亦較佳。於此情況下,特佳為如下的混合溶液,其包含選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基醚、及丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯中的兩種以上。 From the viewpoint of the solubility of each component, etc., it is also preferable to mix two or more of these organic solvents. In this case, particularly preferred is the following mixed solution, which contains selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, Two or more of propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

作為有機溶劑於著色組成物中的含量,較佳為組成物中的總固體成分濃度變成10質量%~80質量%的量,更佳為組成物中的總固體成分濃度變成15質量%~60質量%的量。 As the content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition, it is preferable that the total solid content concentration in the composition becomes 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and it is more preferable that the total solid content concentration in the composition becomes 15% by mass to 60% by mass. The amount of mass%.

本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種有機溶劑,亦可含有兩種 以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one organic solvent or two above. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<鹼可溶性黏合劑>> <<Alkali-soluble binder>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有鹼可溶性黏合劑。鹼可溶性黏合劑除具有鹼可溶性以外,並無特別限定,較佳為可自耐熱性、顯影性、獲得性等的觀點出發進行選擇。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble binder. The alkali-soluble binder is not particularly limited except that it has alkali solubility, but it is preferably selected from the viewpoints of heat resistance, developability, availability, and the like.

作為鹼可溶性黏合劑,較佳為可溶於有機溶劑中、且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液來顯影的線狀有機高分子聚合體。作為此種線狀有機高分子聚合體,可列舉側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,例如如日本專利特開昭59-44615號、日本專利特公昭54-34327號、日本專利特公昭58-12577號、日本專利特公昭54-25957號、日本專利特開昭59-53836號、日本專利特開昭59-71048號的各公報中所記載的甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物等,側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物同樣有用。 The alkali-soluble binder is preferably a linear organic polymer polymer that is soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed by a weakly alkaline aqueous solution. Examples of such linear organic polymer polymers include polymers having a carboxylic acid in the side chain, such as Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-44615, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-34327, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 58- No. 12577, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-25957, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-53836, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-71048, methacrylic acid copolymers, acrylic copolymers, and itaconic Acid copolymers, crotonic acid copolymers, maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, etc., and acidic cellulose derivatives having a carboxylic acid in the side chain are also useful.

除所述者以外,作為本發明中的鹼可溶性黏合劑,於具有羥基的聚合物中加成酸酐而成者等,或者聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、聚((甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯)、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮或聚環氧乙烷、聚乙烯醇等亦有用。另外,線狀有機高分子聚合體亦可為使具有親水性的單體進行共聚而成者。作為其例,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、二級或三級的烷基丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯、嗎 啉(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺、乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基三唑、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、分支或直鏈的(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、分支或直鏈的(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、或(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基羥基丙酯等。此外,作為具有親水性的單體,包含四氫糠基、磷酸基、磷酸酯基、四級銨鹽基、伸乙氧基鏈、伸丙氧基鏈、磺酸基及源自其鹽的基、嗎啉基乙基等而成的單體等亦有用。 In addition to the above, as the alkali-soluble binder in the present invention, an acid anhydride is added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, etc., or polyhydroxystyrene-based resin, polysiloxane-based resin, poly((formaldehyde) Base) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate), polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. are also useful. In addition, the linear organic polymer may be obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having hydrophilicity. Examples thereof include: alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, and N-methylol Acrylamide, secondary or tertiary alkyl acrylamide, dialkylaminoalkyl (meth)acrylate, methacrylamide Phloline (meth)acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcaprolactam, vinylimidazole, vinyltriazole, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, Branched or linear propyl (meth)acrylate, branched or linear butyl (meth)acrylate, or phenoxyhydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, etc. In addition, as hydrophilic monomers, it includes tetrahydrofurfuryl, phosphoric acid, phosphate, quaternary ammonium salt groups, ethoxylated chains, propyleneoxy chains, sulfonic acid groups, and those derived from their salts. Monomers such as phenyl group, morpholinoethyl group, etc. are also useful.

作為鹼可溶性黏合劑,亦可較佳地使用如式(b1)或式(b2)所示的順丁烯二醯亞胺與環氧乙烷的共聚物。 As the alkali-soluble binder, a copolymer of maleimide and ethylene oxide represented by formula (b1) or formula (b2) can also be preferably used.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0088-71
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0088-71

(式(b1)中,R1表示氫原子、芳基、或烷基) (In formula (b1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an aryl group, or an alkyl group)

作為R1表示烷基時的烷基,可列舉碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~10的具有支鏈的烷基、碳數5~20的環狀烷基等。 Examples of the alkyl group when R 1 represents an alkyl group include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.

烷基可具有取代基,作為可導入至烷基中的取代基,可列舉:苯基、羰基、烷氧基、羥基、胺基等。 The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that can be introduced into the alkyl group include a phenyl group, a carbonyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and the like.

作為R1表示芳基時的芳基,可列舉:單環結構的芳基、多環結構的芳基、縮環結構的芳基、含有雜原子的雜芳基等。更具體而言,可列舉:苯基、萘基、聯苯基、苯并咪唑基、吡啶基、呋 喃基等。 Examples of the aryl group when R 1 represents an aryl group include a monocyclic aryl group, a polycyclic aryl group, a condensed ring structure aryl group, and a heteroatom-containing heteroaryl group. More specifically, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, etc. can be mentioned.

芳基可具有取代基,作為可導入至芳基中的取代基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等烷基,甲氧基等烷氧基,羧基,羥基,胺基,硝基,氯基,溴基等。 The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that can be introduced into the aryl group include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, tertiary butyl, and cyclohexyl, alkoxy groups such as methoxy, carboxyl, and hydroxyl. Amino, nitro, chloro, bromo, etc.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0089-72
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0089-72

(式(b2)中,R2表示氫原子或甲基。R3為碳數2或3的伸烷基,R4表示氫原子、芳基、或烷基,m表示1~15的整數) (In formula (b2), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 3 is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aryl group, or an alkyl group, and m represents an integer of 1-15)

作為R4表示烷基時的烷基,可列舉碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數1~20的具有支鏈的烷基、碳數5~20的環狀烷基等。 Examples of the alkyl group when R 4 represents an alkyl group include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.

烷基可具有取代基,作為可導入至烷基中的取代基,可列舉:苯基、羰基、烷氧基等。 The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that can be introduced into the alkyl group include a phenyl group, a carbonyl group, and an alkoxy group.

作為R4表示芳基時的芳基,可列舉:單環結構的芳基、多環結構的芳基、縮環結構的芳基、含有雜原子的雜芳基等。更具體而言,可列舉:苯基、萘基、蒽基、聯苯基、苯并咪唑基、吲哚基、咪唑基、噁唑基、咔唑基、吡啶基、呋喃基等。 Examples of the aryl group when R 4 represents an aryl group include a monocyclic aryl group, a polycyclic aryl group, a condensed ring structure aryl group, and a heteroatom-containing heteroaryl group. More specifically, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, biphenyl, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, carbazolyl, pyridyl, furyl, etc. can be mentioned.

芳基可具有取代基,作為可導入至芳基中的取代基,可列舉: 壬基、甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等烷基,甲氧基等烷氧基,羧基,羥基,胺基,硝基,氯基,溴基等。 The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent that can be introduced into the aryl group include: Alkyl groups such as nonyl, methyl, ethyl, tertiary butyl, cyclohexyl, alkoxy such as methoxy, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, nitro, chloro, bromo, etc.

另外,鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可於側鏈上具有聚合性基,例如於側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙氧基烷基等的聚合物等亦有用。作為含有所述聚合性基的聚合物的例子,可列舉:市售品的KS RESIST-106(大阪有機化學工業(股份)製造)、賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列(大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股份)製造)等。另外,為了提昇硬化皮膜的強度,醇可溶性尼龍或2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與表氯醇的聚醚等亦有用。 In addition, the alkali-soluble binder may have a polymerizable group on the side chain, and for example, polymers containing an allyl group, a (meth)acrylic group, an allyloxyalkyl group, etc., on the side chain are also useful. Examples of polymers containing the polymerizable group include: commercially available KS RESIST-106 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (Daicel Chemical Co., Ltd.) Industrial (stock) manufacturing), etc. In addition, in order to increase the strength of the cured film, alcohol-soluble nylon or a polyether of 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin, etc. are also useful.

該些各種鹼可溶性黏合劑之中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 Among these various alkali-soluble adhesives, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic/acrylamide resins are preferred. The copolymer resin is preferably an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of controlling developability.

尤其,較佳為具有如下述通式(2)所示的重複單元與酸性基的共聚物,更佳為可列舉除通式(2)與酸性基以外,具有由通式(3)所表示的結構單元的共聚物。 In particular, it is preferably a copolymer having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) and an acidic group, and more preferably, in addition to the general formula (2) and the acidic group, it is represented by the general formula (3) The structural unit of the copolymer.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0090-73
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0090-73

(通式(2)中,R20表示氫原子或甲基,R21~R25分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基、烷基、或芳基) (In the general formula (2), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 21 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, or an aryl group)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0091-74
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0091-74

(通式(3)中,R11表示氫原子或甲基。R12及R13分別獨立地表示氫原子或含有不飽和雙鍵作為部分結構的碳數3~20的羰基,不存在R12及R13兩者為氫原子的情況。當R12及R13的至少一者表示含有不飽和雙鍵作為部分結構的碳數3~20的羰基時,可進而含有羧基作為部分結構) (In the general formula (3), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbonyl group with 3 to 20 carbon atoms containing an unsaturated double bond as a partial structure. R 12 does not exist And R 13 are both hydrogen atoms. When at least one of R 12 and R 13 represents a carbonyl group with 3 to 20 carbons containing an unsaturated double bond as a partial structure, it may further contain a carboxyl group as a partial structure)

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,較佳為包含選自(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺等中的單體的共聚物,或者市售品的KS RESIST-106(大阪有機化學工業(股份)製造)、賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列(大賽璐化學工業(股份)製造)等。 The acrylic resin is preferably a copolymer containing a monomer selected from benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, and the like, Or commercially available KS RESIST-106 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Cyclomer P series (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), etc.

另外,鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可含有源自由下述通式(X)所表示的化合物的結構單元。 In addition, the alkali-soluble binder may contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following general formula (X).

通式(X)[化60]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0092-75
General formula (X) [化60]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0092-75

通式(X)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,R2表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。 In the general formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may contain a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1-15.

通式(X)中,R2的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3的烷基的碳數為1~20,更佳為1~10,R3的烷基亦可含有苯環。作為由R3所表示的含有苯環的烷基,可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。 In the general formula (X), the carbon number of the alkylene group of R 2 is preferably 2-3. Moreover, the carbon number of the alkyl group of R 3 is 1-20, More preferably, it is 1-10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. Examples of the benzene ring-containing alkyl group represented by R 3 include a benzyl group, a 2-phenyl(iso)propyl group, and the like.

就顯影性、液體黏度等的觀點而言,鹼可溶性黏合劑的重量平均分子量(藉由GPC法所測定的聚苯乙烯換算值)較佳為1,000~200,00,更佳為2,000~100,000,特佳為5,000~50,000。 From the viewpoints of developability, liquid viscosity, etc., the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble adhesive (a polystyrene conversion value measured by the GPC method) is preferably 1,000 to 200,00, more preferably 2,000 to 100,000, Especially preferred is 5,000~50,000.

鹼可溶性黏合劑的酸價較佳為10mg/KOH~1000mg/KOH,更佳為50mg/KOH~300mg/KOH,進而更佳為50mg/KOH~200mg/KOH,特佳為105mg/KOH~200mg/KOH。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble adhesive is preferably 10mg/KOH~1000mg/KOH, more preferably 50mg/KOH~300mg/KOH, still more preferably 50mg/KOH~200mg/KOH, particularly preferably 105mg/KOH~200mg/ KOH.

鹼可溶性黏合劑的含量較佳為著色組成物的總固體成分的10質量%~80質量%,更佳為20質量%~60質量%。 The content of the alkali-soluble binder is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition, and more preferably 20% by mass to 60% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種鹼可溶性黏合劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of alkali-soluble binder, or two or more kinds. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<交聯劑>> <<Crosslinking agent>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可進而含有交聯劑。 The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a crosslinking agent.

作為交聯劑,只要是可藉由交聯反應而進行膜硬化者,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂,(b)由選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少一種取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物,(c)由選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少一種取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as the film can be cured by a crosslinking reaction. For example, (a) epoxy resin, (b) selected from methylol, alkoxymethyl A melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent in the oxymethyl group, and (c) selected from the group consisting of methylol, alkoxymethyl, and oxymethyl A phenol compound, a naphthol compound, or a hydroxyanthracene compound substituted with at least one substituent in the methyl group. Among them, multifunctional epoxy resins are preferred.

關於交聯劑的具體例等的詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載,其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 For the details of specific examples and the like of the crosslinking agent, reference can be made to the description of paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP 2004-295116 A, and the contents can be incorporated into this specification.

當本發明的著色組成物含有交聯劑時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,交聯劑的含量較佳為0.01質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent, the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition.

<<界面活性劑>> <<Surface Active Agent>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有界面活性劑。界面活性劑可為非離子系、陽離子系、陰離子系的任一種,但較佳為具有環氧乙烷結構的界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑。特佳為親水親油平衡(Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance,HLB)值處於9.2~15.5的範圍內的具有環氧乙烷結構的界面活性劑或日本專利特開平2-54202號公報記載的氟系界面活性劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may also contain a surfactant. The surfactant may be any of nonionic, cationic, and anionic, but it is preferably a surfactant having an ethylene oxide structure or a fluorine-based surfactant. Particularly preferred is a surfactant having an ethylene oxide structure with a Hydrophil-Lipophile Balance (HLB) value in the range of 9.2 to 15.5 or a fluorine-based interfacial activity described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-54202 Agent.

當本發明的著色組成物含有界面活性劑時,相對於著色組成 物的總固體成分,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.0001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, compared to the coloring composition The total solid content of the substance, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種界面活性劑,亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時,較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. When two or more are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<染料穩定劑>> <<Dye stabilizer>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有染料穩定劑。作為染料穩定劑,較佳為高分子界面活性劑(高分子分散劑)。作為高分子分散劑,例如可列舉:聚丙烯酸酯等不飽和羧酸酯的(共)聚合體類;聚丙烯酸等不飽和羧酸的(共)聚合體的(部分)胺鹽、(部分)銨鹽或(部分)烷基胺鹽類;含有羥基的聚丙烯酸酯等含有羥基的不飽和羧酸酯的(共)聚合體或該些的改性物;具有交聯性基的磺酸或磷酸的聚合物等。作為交聯性基,可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的公知的聚合性基。具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、環狀醚基、羥甲基,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基,更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基及苯乙烯基。 The coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a dye stabilizer. As the dye stabilizer, a polymer surfactant (polymer dispersant) is preferred. Examples of polymer dispersants include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylates; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid, and (parts) Ammonium salts or (part of) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxyl-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxyl-containing polyacrylates or modified products thereof; sulfonic acid or Phosphoric acid polymers, etc. As the crosslinkable group, a known polymerizable group that can be crosslinked by radicals, acid, and heat can be used. Specifically, examples include (meth)acrylic groups, styryl groups, vinyl groups, cyclic ether groups, and methylol groups, preferably (meth)acrylic groups, styryl groups, and vinyl groups, and more preferably (Meth) acrylic group and styryl group.

另外,作為染料穩定劑,添加下述陰離子的鹽(鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽等)亦有效。 In addition, as a dye stabilizer, it is also effective to add salts of the following anions (lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, etc.).

當本發明的著色組成物含有染料穩定劑時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,染料穩定劑的含量較佳為0.01質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~30質量%。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a dye stabilizer, the content of the dye stabilizer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the coloring composition.

[化61]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0095-76
[化61]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0095-76

<<抗氧化劑>> <<Antioxidant>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑,例如可列舉:自由基捕捉劑、過氧化物分解劑、紫外線吸收劑、單線態氧猝滅劑等。 The colored composition of the present invention may also contain an antioxidant. Examples of antioxidants include radical scavengers, peroxide decomposers, ultraviolet absorbers, singlet oxygen quenchers, and the like.

作為自由基捕捉劑,例如可列舉:酚系抗氧化劑、受阻胺系抗氧化劑等。作為酚系抗氧化劑,例如可列舉:丙酸羥基苯酯系化合物、羥基苄基系化合物、硫代雙酚系化合物、硫甲基苯酚系化合物、烷二基苯酚系化合物等。其中,就顏色特性的穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為丙酸羥基苯酯系化合物。 As a radical scavenger, a phenolic antioxidant, a hindered amine antioxidant, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of phenol-based antioxidants include hydroxyphenyl propionate-based compounds, hydroxybenzyl-based compounds, thiobisphenol-based compounds, thiomethylphenol-based compounds, and alkanediylphenol-based compounds. Among them, from the viewpoint of the stability of the color characteristics, a hydroxyphenyl propionate-based compound is preferred.

例如,可較佳地使用日本專利特開2012-155243號公報的段落0013~段落0034、日本專利特開2013-14748號公報的段落0030~段落0042中所記載的化合物。 For example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0034 of JP 2012-155243 A, and paragraphs 0030 to 0042 of JP 2013-14748 A can be preferably used.

過氧化物分解劑是將因曝露於光中等而產生的過氧化物分解成無害的物質、且不產生新的自由基的化合物,例如可列舉磷系抗氧化劑、硫系抗氧化劑等。其中,就顏色特性的穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為硫系抗氧化劑。 The peroxide decomposer is a compound that decomposes peroxide generated by exposure to light or the like into harmless substances and does not generate new free radicals, and examples thereof include phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics, sulfur-based antioxidants are preferred.

作為紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:水楊酸酯系抗氧化劑、二苯甲酮系抗氧化劑。 Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include salicylate-based antioxidants and benzophenone-based antioxidants.

單線態氧猝滅劑為可藉由來自單線態狀態的氧的能量移動而使單線態氧失活的化合物,例如除四甲基乙烯、環戊烯等乙烯性化合物,二乙基胺、三乙基胺、1,4-二氮雜雙環辛烷(1,4-Diazabicyclooctane,DABCO)、N-乙基咪唑等胺類,可被取代的萘、二甲基萘、二甲氧基蒽、蒽、二苯基蒽等縮合多環芳香族化合物;1,3-二苯基異苯并呋喃,1,2,3,4-四苯基-1,3-環戊二烯,五苯基環戊二烯等芳香族化合物以外,可列舉:Harry H.wasserman,「單線態氧(Singlet Oxygen)」,5章,美國學術出版社(Academic Press)(1979)、Nicholas J.Turro,「現代分子光化學(Modern Molecular Photochemistry)」,14章,本傑明/卡明斯出版有限公司(The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co.,Inc.)(1978)、及CMC公司發行的「彩色照片感光材料用高功能化學」,7章(2002)中作為單線態氧猝滅劑所例示的化合物。 Singlet oxygen quenchers are compounds that can deactivate singlet oxygen by the energy movement of oxygen from the singlet state. For example, in addition to ethylenic compounds such as tetramethylethylene and cyclopentene, diethylamine, tris Ethylamine, 1,4-Diazabicyclooctane (1,4-Diazabicyclooctane, DABCO), N-ethylimidazole and other amines, substituted naphthalene, dimethylnaphthalene, dimethoxyanthracene, Condensed polycyclic aromatic compounds such as anthracene and diphenylanthracene; 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran, 1,2,3,4-tetraphenyl-1,3-cyclopentadiene, pentaphenyl In addition to aromatic compounds such as cyclopentadiene, examples include: Harry H. wasserman, "Singlet Oxygen", Chapter 5, Academic Press (1979), Nicholas J. Turro, "Modern "Modern Molecular Photochemistry", Chapter 14, The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co., Inc. (1978), and "High-functional Chemistry for Color Photo Sensitive Materials" issued by CMC ", a compound exemplified as a singlet oxygen quencher in Chapter 7 (2002).

除此以外,可列舉將具有硫原子的化合物作為配位體的金屬錯合物。作為此種化合物,可列舉:將雙二硫代-α-二酮、雙苯基二硫醇、及硫代雙酚作為配位體的鎳錯合物、鈷錯合物、銅錯合物、錳錯合物、鉑錯合物等過渡金屬螯合化合物。 In addition to these, metal complexes in which a compound having a sulfur atom is used as a ligand can be cited. Examples of such compounds include nickel complexes, cobalt complexes, and copper complexes with bisdithio-α-diketone, bisphenyldithiol, and thiobisphenol as ligands , Manganese complexes, platinum complexes and other transition metal chelate compounds.

作為硫系抗氧化劑,可列舉:硫代丙酸酯系化合物、巰基苯并咪唑系化合物。其中,就顏色特性的穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為硫代丙酸酯系化合物。 Examples of sulfur-based antioxidants include thiopropionate-based compounds and mercaptobenzimidazole-based compounds. Among them, from the viewpoint of the stability of the color characteristics, a thiopropionate-based compound is preferred.

於本發明中,抗氧化劑可單獨使用、或將兩種以上混合使用。相對於著色劑100質量份,抗氧化劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份~20質量份,特佳為0.1質量份~10質量份。 In the present invention, the antioxidant can be used alone or in combination of two or more. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent, the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass.

<<硬化促進劑>> <<hardening accelerator>>

本發明的著色組成物可含有作為硬化促進劑發揮功能的化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention may contain a compound that functions as a hardening accelerator.

例如可使用:選自由芳香族胺化合物、三級胺化合物、胺鹽、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物、硫醇化合物、封閉型異氰酸酯化合物及含有咪唑環的化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種化合物。 For example, it can be used: selected from the group consisting of aromatic amine compounds, tertiary amine compounds, amine salts, phosphonium salts, amidine salts, amide compounds, thiol compounds, blocked isocyanate compounds, and compounds containing imidazole rings At least one compound.

藉由著色組成物含有硬化促進劑,可更有效地實現著色組成物的低溫硬化。而且,亦可進一步提昇著色組成物的保存穩定性。 When the colored composition contains a hardening accelerator, the low-temperature hardening of the colored composition can be achieved more effectively. Moreover, the storage stability of the colored composition can be further improved.

作為硬化促進劑的市售品,可列舉:卡倫茲(Karenz)MTBD-1等卡倫茲(Karenz)MT系列(昭和電工(股份)製造)等。 As a commercially available product of the hardening accelerator, Karenz MT series (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) such as Karenz MTBD-1 and the like can be cited.

於本發明中,硬化促進劑可單獨使用、或將兩種以上混合使用。相對於聚合性化合物100質量份,硬化促進劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份~20質量份,特佳為0.1質量份~10質量份。 In the present invention, the hardening accelerator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the hardening accelerator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound.

<<抗還原劑>> <<Anti-reducing agent>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有抗還原劑。作為抗還原劑,較佳為醌化合物,更佳為分子量為100~800左右的以下結構的醌化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention may also contain an anti-reduction agent. As the anti-reduction agent, a quinone compound is preferred, and a quinone compound having the following structure having a molecular weight of about 100 to 800 is more preferred.

<<酸產生劑>> <<Acid Generator>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有酸產生劑。酸產生劑可為光酸 產生劑,亦可為熱酸產生劑,但較佳為熱酸產生劑。若使用熱酸產生劑,則存在硬化膜的耐熱性進一步提昇的傾向。 The coloring composition of the present invention may also contain an acid generator. The acid generator can be photoacid The generator may also be a thermal acid generator, but is preferably a thermal acid generator. If a thermal acid generator is used, the heat resistance of the cured film tends to be further improved.

熱酸產生劑是指當於1013.25hPa下以100℃~250℃進行加熱時,產生酸的酸產生劑。作為所產生的酸,較佳為pKa為5以下的酸。作為所產生的酸的具體例,可例示:磺酸、羧酸、磷酸等,更佳為磺酸。 Thermal acid generator refers to an acid generator that generates acid when heated at 100°C to 250°C at 1013.25 hPa. As the acid to be generated, an acid having a pKa of 5 or less is preferred. As specific examples of the generated acid, sulfonic acid, carboxylic acid, phosphoric acid, etc. can be exemplified, and sulfonic acid is more preferable.

作為光酸產生劑,可參照日本專利特開2006-259002號公報的段落0103~段落0113的記載,該些的內容可被編入至本說明書中。 As the photoacid generator, reference can be made to the description of paragraph 0103 to paragraph 0113 of JP 2006-259002 A, and these contents can be incorporated into this specification.

於熱酸產生劑中,包含離子性化合物(鎓鹽)及非離子性化合物。 The thermal acid generator includes ionic compounds (onium salts) and nonionic compounds.

作為離子性化合物(鎓鹽),較佳為不含重金屬或鹵素離子者,較佳為磺酸的鎓鹽。 The ionic compound (onium salt) is preferably one that does not contain heavy metals or halogen ions, and is preferably an onium salt of sulfonic acid.

作為離子性的熱酸產生劑,具體而言,可列舉:三苯基鋶、1-二甲硫基萘、1-二甲硫基-4-羥基萘、1-二甲硫基-4,7-二羥基萘、4-羥基苯基二甲基鋶、苄基-4-羥基苯基甲基鋶、2-甲基苄基-4-羥基苯基甲基鋶、2-甲基苄基-4-乙醯基苯基甲基鋶、2-甲基苄基-4-苯甲醯氧基苯基甲基鋶、該些的甲磺酸鹽、三氟甲磺酸鹽、樟腦磺酸鹽、對甲苯磺酸鹽、六氟膦酸鹽等。 Specific examples of ionic thermal acid generators include triphenyl sulfonium, 1-dimethylthionaphthalene, 1-dimethylthio-4-hydroxynaphthalene, 1-dimethylthio-4, 7-dihydroxynaphthalene, 4-hydroxyphenyldimethyl sulfonium, benzyl-4-hydroxyphenylmethyl sulfonium, 2-methylbenzyl-4-hydroxyphenylmethyl sulfonium, 2-methylbenzyl -4-Acetylphenylmethylsulfonate, 2-methylbenzyl-4-benzyloxyphenylmethylsulfonate, methanesulfonate of these, triflate, camphorsulfonic acid Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, hexafluorophosphonate, etc.

<<其他成分>> <<Other ingredients>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可進而含有雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽。藉由含有雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽,可提昇耐熱性。作為雙 (三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽,可列舉:雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鉀、雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鈉、雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰等。相對於聚合物TP所具有的三芳基甲烷重複單元的1莫耳,雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽的含量較佳為0.1莫耳~2莫耳,更佳為0.3莫耳~0.8莫耳。 The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide salt. By containing bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide salt, heat resistance can be improved. As double (Trifluoromethanesulfonyl) iminium salt, including: bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) iminium potassium, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) iminium sodium, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) (Alkyl) Lithium imide and the like. The content of the bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide salt is preferably 0.1 mol to 2 mol, more preferably 0.3 mol relative to 1 mol of the triarylmethane repeating unit of the polymer TP ~0.8 mol.

本發明的著色組成物視需要可進而含有填充材、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑、增感劑或光穩定劑等各種添加劑。 The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain various additives such as fillers, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-agglomeration agents, sensitizers, and light stabilizers, if necessary.

<著色組成物的製備方法> <Preparation method of coloring composition>

本發明的著色組成物可藉由將所述各成分與視需要的任意成分混合來製備。 The coloring composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components with arbitrary components as needed.

於製備著色組成物時,可一次性調配構成著色組成物的各成分,亦可將各成分溶解.分散於溶劑中後依次調配。另外,進行調配時的投入順序或作業條件並無特別限制。例如,可將所有成分同時溶解.分散於溶劑中來製備組成物,視需要,亦可先將各成分適宜製成兩種以上的溶液.分散液,於使用時(塗佈時)將該些溶液.分散液混合來作為組成物製備。 When preparing the coloring composition, the components of the coloring composition can be mixed at one time, and the components can also be dissolved. Disperse in a solvent and then deploy them in sequence. In addition, there are no particular restrictions on the order of input or working conditions at the time of deployment. For example, all ingredients can be dissolved at the same time. Disperse in a solvent to prepare the composition. If necessary, each component can also be prepared into two or more solutions. Dispersion, these solutions when in use (during coating). The dispersion liquid is mixed and prepared as a composition.

為了去除異物或減少缺陷等,本發明的著色組成物較佳為利用過濾器進行過濾。作為過濾器,只要是自先前以來用於過濾用途等的過濾器,則可無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉利用聚四氟乙烯(Polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂,尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂,聚乙烯、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量者)等的過濾器。該些原材料 之中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)。 In order to remove foreign matter or reduce defects, etc., the colored composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter. As the filter, as long as it is a filter that has been used for filtering purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. Examples include the use of fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon-6, nylon-6, and 6, and polyolefin resins (including high-density resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene). Density, ultra-high molecular weight) and other filters. These raw materials Among them, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) is preferred.

過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.01μm~7.0μm左右,較佳為0.01μm~3.0μm左右,更佳為0.05μm~0.5μm左右。藉由設為該範圍,可確實地去除於後續步驟中阻礙均勻及平滑的著色組成物的製備的微細的異物。 The pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.01 μm to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm. By setting it as this range, the fine foreign matter which hinders the preparation of a uniform and smooth colored composition in a subsequent step can be reliably removed.

當使用過濾器時,亦可將不同的過濾器加以組合。此時,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。 When using filters, different filters can also be combined. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more.

另外,亦可於所述範圍內將孔徑不同的第1過濾器加以組合。此處的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司、愛多邦得科東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本英特格(Nihon Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本密科理(Mykrolis)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(Kitz Microfilter)股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中進行選擇。 In addition, it is also possible to combine first filters having different pore diameters within the above-mentioned range. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As commercially available filters, for example, available from Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nihon Entegris) Co., Ltd. Choose from various filters provided by Mykrolis Co., Ltd. or Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd. etc.

第2過濾器可使用以與所述第1過濾器相同的材料等所形成的過濾器。 As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the first filter can be used.

例如,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅於分散液中進行,於混合其他成分後,進行第2次過濾。 For example, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only in the dispersion, and after mixing other components, the second filtration may be performed.

本發明的著色組成物因可形成色相及對比度優異的硬化膜,故可適宜地用作圖像顯示裝置或固體攝像元件中所使用的彩色濾光片等的著色層形成用(著色畫素形成用)著色組成物,另外,可適宜地用作印刷油墨、噴墨油墨、及塗料等的製作用途。 Since the coloring composition of the present invention can form a cured film with excellent hue and contrast, it can be suitably used as a coloring layer formation (coloring pixel formation) of color filters used in image display devices or solid-state imaging devices. Use) a coloring composition, and can be suitably used for the production of printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like.

<硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法> <Cure film, color filter, color filter manufacturing method>

本發明的硬化膜是使本發明的著色組成物硬化而形成。該硬化膜可較佳地用於彩色濾光片。 The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the colored composition of the present invention. The cured film can be preferably used for color filters.

只要是可形成將本發明的著色組成物應用於基板上並進行硬化而成的著色區域(著色圖案)的方法,則可利用任一種方法來形成本發明的彩色濾光片。較佳為使用本發明的著色組成物來製作。 Any method can be used to form the color filter of the present invention as long as it is a method that can form a colored region (colored pattern) formed by applying the coloring composition of the present invention to a substrate and then hardening. It is preferably produced using the coloring composition of the present invention.

另外,當使用本發明的著色組成物來製造固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片時,亦可採用日本專利特開2011-252065號公報的段落0359~段落0371中所記載的製造方法。 In addition, when the coloring composition of the present invention is used to manufacture a color filter for a solid-state imaging element, the manufacturing method described in paragraphs 0359 to 0371 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-252065 can also be used.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法較佳為包括:使用本發明的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層的步驟、將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟、及將著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。進而,視需要亦可設置對著色組成物層進行烘烤的步驟(預烘烤步驟)、及對經顯影的著色圖案進行烘烤的步驟(後烘烤步驟)。 The manufacturing method of the color filter of the present invention preferably includes: a step of forming a coloring composition layer using the coloring composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the coloring composition layer into a pattern, and a step of exposing the coloring composition layer The step of developing and removing the unexposed part to form a colored pattern. Furthermore, if necessary, a step of baking the colored composition layer (pre-baking step) and a step of baking the developed colored pattern (post-baking step) may be provided.

<<形成著色組成物層的步驟>> <<Steps of forming a colored composition layer>>

於形成著色組成物層的步驟中,將本發明的著色組成物應用於基材上來形成著色組成物層。 In the step of forming the coloring composition layer, the coloring composition of the present invention is applied to the substrate to form the coloring composition layer.

作為基板,例如可列舉:液晶顯示元件等中所使用的無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、派熱司(Pyrex)(註冊商標)玻璃、石英玻璃、及使透明導電膜附著於該些玻璃上而成者,或者固體攝像元件等 中所使用的光電轉換元件基板,例如矽基板或塑膠基板等。另外,於該些基板上,亦可形成有將各畫素隔離的黑色矩陣、或者為了促進密接等而設置有透明樹脂層。另外,為了改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散、或者為了表面的平坦化,視需要亦可於基板上設置底塗層。 Examples of substrates include alkali-free glass used in liquid crystal display elements, soda glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass, and a transparent conductive film attached to these glasses. , Or solid-state imaging element, etc. The photoelectric conversion element substrates used in the substrates, such as silicon substrates or plastic substrates. In addition, on these substrates, a black matrix that separates each pixel may be formed, or a transparent resin layer may be provided in order to promote adhesion or the like. In addition, in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, to prevent the diffusion of substances, or to flatten the surface, if necessary, an undercoat layer may be provided on the substrate.

另外,塑膠基板較佳為於其表面具有阻氣層及/或耐溶劑性層。 In addition, the plastic substrate preferably has a gas barrier layer and/or a solvent resistant layer on its surface.

此外,作為基板,使用配置有薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式彩色液晶顯示裝置的薄膜電晶體(TFT)的驅動用基板(以下,稱為「TFT方式液晶驅動用基板」),於該驅動用基板上,亦可形成使用本發明的著色組成物而成的著色圖案來製作彩色濾光片。 In addition, as the substrate, a thin film transistor (TFT) type color liquid crystal display device (hereinafter referred to as a "TFT type liquid crystal driving substrate") arranged with a thin film transistor (TFT) type color liquid crystal display device is used. The coloring pattern formed by using the coloring composition of the present invention can also be formed on the driving substrate to produce a color filter.

作為TFT方式液晶驅動用基板中的基板,例如可列舉:玻璃、矽酮、聚碳酸酯、聚酯、芳香族聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺等。視需要,亦可事先對該些基板實施利用矽烷偶合劑等的化學品處理、電漿處理、離子鍍、濺鍍、氣相反應法、真空蒸鍍等適宜的前處理。例如,可使用在TFT式液晶驅動用基板的表面形成氮化矽膜等鈍化膜而成的基板。 Examples of the substrate in the TFT-based liquid crystal drive substrate include glass, silicone, polycarbonate, polyester, aromatic polyamide, polyimide, and polyimide. If necessary, appropriate pretreatments such as chemical treatment using a silane coupling agent, plasma treatment, ion plating, sputtering, gas phase reaction method, and vacuum evaporation may be performed on these substrates in advance. For example, a substrate obtained by forming a passivation film such as a silicon nitride film on the surface of a TFT-type liquid crystal drive substrate can be used.

作為著色組成物的應用方法,較佳為塗佈,較佳為藉由旋轉塗佈、狹縫塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、棒塗、噴墨等方法來進行塗佈。 As an application method of the colored composition, coating is preferred, and coating is preferably performed by methods such as spin coating, slit coating, cast coating, roll coating, bar coating, and inkjet.

形成於基材上的著色組成物層較佳為進行乾燥(預烘 烤)。預烘烤可使用加熱板、烘箱等,於50℃~140℃的溫度範圍內,較佳為70℃~110℃左右,以10秒~300秒的條件進行。再者,預烘烤亦可併用高頻處理等。高頻處理亦可單獨使用。視需要,亦可於預烘烤前實施真空處理。關於真空乾燥的條件,真空度較佳為13Pa~133Pa,更佳為26Pa~66.5Pa。 The coloring composition layer formed on the substrate is preferably dried (pre-baked bake). The pre-baking can be performed using a hot plate, oven, etc., in a temperature range of 50°C to 140°C, preferably about 70°C to 110°C, in a condition of 10 seconds to 300 seconds. Furthermore, pre-baking may also be used in combination with high frequency processing. High frequency processing can also be used alone. If necessary, vacuum treatment can also be performed before pre-baking. Regarding the conditions of vacuum drying, the degree of vacuum is preferably 13Pa~133Pa, more preferably 26Pa~66.5Pa.

藉由著色組成物所形成的著色組成物層的厚度是對應於目的而適宜選擇。於圖像顯示裝置用彩色濾光片的情況下,較佳為0.2μm~5.0μm的範圍,更佳為1.0μm~4.0μm的範圍,最佳為1.5μm~3.5μm的範圍。另外,於固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的情況下,較佳為0.2μm~5.0μm的範圍,更佳為0.3μm~2.5μm的範圍,最佳為0.3μm~1.5μm的範圍。再者,著色組成物層的厚度為預烘烤後的膜厚。 The thickness of the colored composition layer formed by the colored composition is appropriately selected according to the purpose. In the case of a color filter for an image display device, it is preferably in the range of 0.2 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably in the range of 1.0 μm to 4.0 μm, and most preferably in the range of 1.5 μm to 3.5 μm. In addition, in the case of a color filter for a solid-state imaging element, it is preferably in the range of 0.2 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 2.5 μm, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 1.5 μm. In addition, the thickness of the colored composition layer is the film thickness after prebaking.

<<進行曝光的步驟>> <<Steps to Exposure>>

繼而,於本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,針對以所述方式形成於基板上的包含著色組成物的膜(著色組成物層),隔著例如光罩來進行曝光。作為可應用於曝光的光或放射線,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線、j射線、KrF光、ArF光,特佳為i射線。當將i射線用於照射光時,較佳為以100mJ/cm2~10000mJ/cm2的曝光量進行照射。 Then, in the manufacturing method of the color filter of this invention, the film (coloring composition layer) containing a coloring composition formed on a board|substrate in the said way is exposed via, for example, a photomask. As light or radiation that can be applied to exposure, g-ray, h-ray, i-ray, j-ray, KrF light, and ArF light are preferred, and i-ray is particularly preferred. When i-rays are used for irradiating light, it is preferable to irradiate with an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 to 10000 mJ/cm 2.

另外,作為其他曝光光線,亦可使用超高壓、高壓、中壓、低壓的各水銀燈,化學燈,碳弧燈,氙燈,金屬鹵化物燈,可見及紫外的各種雷射光源,螢光燈,鎢燈,太陽光等。 In addition, as other exposure light, various mercury lamps, chemical lamps, carbon arc lamps, xenon lamps, metal halide lamps, visible and ultraviolet laser light sources, fluorescent lamps of ultra-high pressure, high pressure, medium pressure, and low pressure can also be used. Tungsten lamps, sunlight, etc.

使用雷射光源的曝光步驟 Exposure procedure using laser light source

於使用雷射光源的曝光方式中,作為光源,較佳為使用紫外光雷射。照射光較佳為波長為300nm~380nm的範圍的紫外光雷射,更佳為波長為300nm~360nm的範圍的紫外光雷射。具體而言,尤其可適宜地使用輸出功率大、且比較廉價的固體雷射的Nd:YAG(釔.鋁.石榴石)雷射的第三諧波(355nm),或準分子雷射的XeCl(308nm)、XeF(353nm)。 In the exposure method using a laser light source, as the light source, it is preferable to use an ultraviolet laser. The irradiation light is preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 380 nm, and more preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 360 nm. Specifically, the third harmonic (355nm) of Nd: YAG (yttrium aluminum garnet) laser, or XeCl of excimer laser, which is a solid laser with high output power and is relatively inexpensive, can be suitably used. (308nm), XeF (353nm).

被曝光物(圖案)的曝光量為1mJ/cm2~100mJ/cm2的範圍,更佳為1mJ/cm2~50mJ/cm2的範圍。若曝光量為該範圍,則就圖案形成的生產性的觀點而言較佳。 The exposure amount of the object (pattern) to be exposed is in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 50 mJ/cm 2 . If the exposure amount is in this range, it is preferable from the viewpoint of the productivity of pattern formation.

作為曝光裝置,並無特別限制,作為市售的曝光裝置,可使用Callisto(V科技(V-Technology)股份有限公司製造)、或EGIS(V科技股份有限公司製造)、或DF2200G(大日本網屏(Dainippon Screen)(股份)製造)等。另外,亦可適宜地使用所述以外的裝置。 The exposure device is not particularly limited. As a commercially available exposure device, Callisto (manufactured by V-Technology Co., Ltd.), EGIS (manufactured by V-Technology Co., Ltd.), or DF2200G (Dainippon Network) can be used. Screen (Dainippon Screen) (manufactured by shares), etc. In addition, devices other than those described above can also be suitably used.

當製造液晶顯示裝置用的彩色濾光片時,可較佳地採用藉由接近式曝光機、鏡面投影式曝光機,並主要使用h射線、i射線的曝光。另外,當製造固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片時,較佳為藉由步進式曝光機,並主要使用i射線。再者,當使用TFT方式液晶驅動用基板製造彩色濾光片時,所使用的光罩使用除設置有用以形成畫素(著色圖案)的圖案以外,亦設置有用以形成通孔等凹處的圖案的光罩。 When manufacturing color filters for liquid crystal display devices, a proximity exposure machine or a mirror projection exposure machine can be preferably used, and exposure using h-rays and i-rays is mainly used. In addition, when manufacturing color filters for solid-state imaging devices, it is preferable to use a stepping exposure machine and mainly use i-rays. Furthermore, when using a TFT-based liquid crystal drive substrate to manufacture a color filter, the mask used is not only provided with a pattern to form pixels (coloring patterns), but also provided with a pattern to form recesses such as through holes. Patterned photomask.

以所述方式進行了曝光的著色組成物層可進行加熱。 The coloring composition layer exposed in this manner can be heated.

另外,為了抑制著色組成物層中的色材的氧化褪色,可於反應室內一面流入氮氣一面進行曝光。 In addition, in order to suppress oxidation and fading of the color material in the color composition layer, exposure may be performed while flowing nitrogen gas into the reaction chamber.

<<形成著色圖案的步驟>> <<Steps to form colored patterns>>

繼而,利用顯影液對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影。藉此,可形成負型或正型的著色圖案(抗蝕劑圖案)。於顯影步驟中,使曝光後的塗佈膜的未硬化部溶出至顯影液中,而僅使硬化部分殘存於基板上。 Then, the coloring composition layer after exposure is developed with a developing solution. Thereby, a negative or positive colored pattern (resist pattern) can be formed. In the development step, the unhardened part of the coated film after exposure is eluted into the developing solution, and only the hardened part remains on the substrate.

顯影液只要是溶解未硬化部中的著色組成物的塗佈膜(著色組成物層),另一方面不溶解硬化部者,則可使用任何顯影液。例如,可使用各種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。 As long as the developer is a coating film (coloring composition layer) that dissolves the coloring composition in the unhardened portion, and does not dissolve the hardened portion, any developer can be used. For example, a combination of various organic solvents or alkaline aqueous solutions can be used.

作為用於顯影的有機溶劑,可列舉於製備本發明的著色組成物時可使用的已述的溶劑。 Examples of the organic solvent used for development include the solvents described above that can be used when preparing the coloring composition of the present invention.

作為鹼性水溶液,例如可列舉:使氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙基胺、二乙基胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等鹼性化合物以濃度變成0.001質量%~10質量%,較佳為變成0.01質量%~1質量%的方式溶解而成的鹼性水溶液。當顯影液為鹼性水溶液時,鹼濃度以較佳為pH變成11~13,更佳為pH變成11.5~12.5的方式調整為宜。 Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include: tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, hydrogen Sodium oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethyl hydroxide Alkaline ammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5,4,0]-7-undecene and other basic compounds are changed to a concentration of 0.001% to 10% by mass, preferably It is an alkaline aqueous solution dissolved in a way that becomes 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass. When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, the alkali concentration is preferably adjusted so that the pH becomes 11-13, and more preferably the pH becomes 11.5-12.5.

於鹼性水溶液中,例如亦可添加適量的甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑或界面活性劑等。 In the alkaline aqueous solution, for example, an appropriate amount of water-soluble organic solvents such as methanol and ethanol, or surfactants, etc. may be added.

作為顯影溫度,通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間為20秒~90秒。 The development temperature is usually 20°C to 30°C, and the development time is 20 seconds to 90 seconds.

顯影可為浸漬方式、噴淋方式、噴霧方式等任一種,亦可與搖盪方式、旋轉方式、超音波方式等進行組合。亦可於接觸顯影液之前,事先利用水等潤濕被顯影面來防止顯影不均。另外,亦可使基板傾斜來進行顯影。 The development can be any of dipping, spraying, spraying, etc., and it can also be combined with shaking, rotating, ultrasonic, etc. It is also possible to wet the surface to be developed with water or the like before contact with the developer solution to prevent uneven development. In addition, the substrate may be tilted for development.

另外,當製造固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片時,亦可利用覆液式顯影。 In addition, when manufacturing color filters for solid-state imaging elements, liquid-impregnated development can also be used.

顯影處理後,經過將剩餘的顯影液清洗去除的淋洗處理,於實施乾燥後,為了實現完全硬化,而實施加熱處理(後烘烤)。 After the development process, a rinsing process for washing and removing the remaining developer solution is performed, and after drying, in order to achieve complete curing, a heating process (post-baking) is performed.

淋洗處理通常利用純水來進行,但為了省液,亦可採用如下的方法:於最終清洗時使用純水,於清洗初期使用已使用過的純水,或者使基板傾斜來進行清洗,或者併用超音波照射。 The rinsing treatment is usually performed with pure water, but in order to save liquid, the following methods can also be used: use pure water in the final cleaning, use the used pure water in the initial stage of the cleaning, or tilt the substrate for cleaning, or And irradiate with ultrasound.

淋洗處理後,進行脫水、乾燥,然後通常進行約200℃~250℃的加熱處理。該加熱處理(後烘烤)可使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為所述條件的方式,藉由連續式或批次式對顯影後的塗佈膜進行。 After the rinsing treatment, dehydration and drying are carried out, and then a heating treatment is usually carried out at about 200°C to 250°C. This heating treatment (post-baking) can use a heating mechanism such as a heating plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heating machine, etc., in order to meet the above conditions, by continuous or batch type of post-development The coating film is carried out.

藉由結合所期望的色相數,依次對每種顏色重複進行以上的各步驟,可製作形成多種顏色的經著色的硬化膜(著色圖案) 而成的彩色濾光片。 By combining the desired number of hues and repeating the above steps for each color in turn, a colored cured film (coloring pattern) with multiple colors can be produced. Made of color filters.

於本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,尤其亦可對使用著色組成物所形成的著色圖案(畫素)進行紫外線照射來進行後曝光。 In the manufacturing method of the color filter of the present invention, in particular, the coloring pattern (pixel) formed using the coloring composition may be irradiated with ultraviolet rays for post-exposure.

較佳為對進行了如上所述的後曝光的著色圖案進一步進行加熱處理。藉由對所形成的著色圖案進行加熱處理(所謂的後烘烤處理),可使著色圖案進一步硬化。該加熱處理可藉由例如加熱板、各種加熱器、烘箱等來進行。 It is preferable to further heat-treat the colored pattern that has been post-exposed as described above. By heating the formed colored pattern (so-called post-baking treatment), the colored pattern can be further hardened. This heat treatment can be performed by, for example, a hot plate, various heaters, an oven, and the like.

作為加熱處理時的溫度,較佳為100℃~300℃,更佳為150℃~250℃。另外,加熱時間較佳為10分鐘~120分鐘左右。 The temperature during the heat treatment is preferably 100°C to 300°C, more preferably 150°C to 250°C. In addition, the heating time is preferably about 10 minutes to 120 minutes.

以所述方式獲得的著色圖案構成彩色濾光片中的畫素。於製作具有多種色相的畫素的彩色濾光片時,只要結合所期望的色數而重複所述各步驟即可。 The colored pattern obtained in the manner described constitutes the pixels in the color filter. When fabricating a color filter with pixels of multiple hues, it is only necessary to repeat the steps described above in combination with the desired number of colors.

再者,可於每種單色的著色組成物層的形成、曝光、顯影結束(每次一種顏色)後,進行所述後曝光及/或後烘烤處理,亦可於所有所期望的色數的著色組成物層的形成、曝光、顯影結束後,一次性進行所述後曝光及/或後烘烤處理。 Furthermore, the post-exposure and/or post-baking treatment can be performed after the formation, exposure, and development of each single-color coloring composition layer (one color at a time), and it can also be used in all desired colors. After the formation, exposure, and development of several colored composition layers are completed, the post-exposure and/or post-baking treatments are performed at one time.

另外,本發明的著色組成物亦可應用於包括乾式蝕刻步驟的彩色濾光片的製造方法。作為此種製造方法的一例,可列舉包括如下步驟的製造方法:使用本發明的著色組成物來形成著色層的步驟、於著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟、藉由進行曝光及顯影來將光阻劑層加以圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟、以及將抗 蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention can also be applied to a method of manufacturing a color filter including a dry etching step. As an example of such a manufacturing method, a manufacturing method including the steps of forming a coloring layer using the coloring composition of the present invention, forming a photoresist layer on the coloring layer, and performing exposure and development The step of patterning the photoresist layer to obtain a resist pattern, and the resist The etching agent pattern is used as an etching mask to dry-etch the colored layer.

藉由本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法所獲得的彩色濾光片(本發明的彩色濾光片)因使用本發明的著色組成物,故色相及對比度優異。 The color filter (color filter of the present invention) obtained by the method of manufacturing the color filter of the present invention uses the coloring composition of the present invention, and therefore has excellent hue and contrast.

本發明的彩色濾光片可用於圖像顯示裝置或固體攝像元件,特別適合液晶顯示裝置的用途。當用於液晶顯示裝置時,可一面達成良好的色相,一面進行分光特性及對比度優異的圖像的顯示。 The color filter of the present invention can be used in image display devices or solid-state imaging devices, and is particularly suitable for use in liquid crystal display devices. When used in a liquid crystal display device, a good hue can be achieved while displaying images with excellent spectral characteristics and contrast.

作為本發明的著色組成物的用途,於所述中主要以彩色濾光片的著色圖案的形成用途為中心進行了說明,但亦可應用於將構成彩色濾光片的著色圖案(畫素)隔離的黑色矩陣的形成。 As the use of the coloring composition of the present invention, the above description mainly focuses on the use of forming the coloring pattern of the color filter, but it can also be applied to the coloring pattern (pixel) that constitutes the color filter. Formation of isolated black matrix.

基板上的黑色矩陣可藉由如下方式來形成:使用含有碳黑、鈦黑等黑色顏料的加工顏料的著色組成物,經過塗佈、曝光、及顯影的各步驟後,視需要進行後烘烤。 The black matrix on the substrate can be formed by the following method: using a colored composition containing black pigments such as carbon black, titanium black, etc., processed pigments, after coating, exposure, and development steps, post-baking as needed .

<圖像顯示裝置> <Image display device>

本發明的圖像顯示裝置是具備本發明的彩色濾光片而成者。作為圖像顯示裝置,可列舉液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光(有機EL(Electroluminescence))顯示裝置等。特別適合液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可進行顯示圖像的色澤良好且顯示特性優異的高畫質圖像的顯示。 The image display device of the present invention is provided with the color filter of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (organic EL (Electroluminescence)) display device, and the like. Especially suitable for the use of liquid crystal display devices. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image with good color and luster of the displayed image and excellent display characteristics.

關於圖像顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,於例如「電子顯示元件(佐佐木 昭夫著,工業調查會(Kogyo Chosakai Publishing)(股份) 1990年發行)」、「顯示元件(伊吹 順章著, 產業圖書(Sangyo Tosho)(股份) 1989年發行)」等中有記載。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,於例如「下一代液晶顯示技術(內田 龍男編輯,工業調查會(股份) 1994年發行)」中有記載。可應用本發明的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中所記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 For the definition of image display devices or the details of each display device, please refer to "Electronic Display Components (by Sasaki Akio, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing (Stock) 1990 Issued)", "Display Components (Ibuki Junaki) NS, Industrial Books (Sangyo Tosho) (shares) issued in 1989)" and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Tatsuo Uchida, issued by the Industrial Research Council (Stock) 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".

其中,本發明的彩色濾光片尤其對於彩色TFT(Thin Film Transistor)方式的液晶顯示裝置有效。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,於例如「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股份)1996年發行)」中有記載。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多域垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大的液晶顯示裝置,或者超扭轉向列(Super-Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、片上間隔物(on-chip spacer,OCS)、邊緣場切換(fringe field switching,FFS)、及反射光學補償彎曲(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 Among them, the color filter of the present invention is particularly effective for a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type liquid crystal display device. The color TFT liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (published by Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd. in 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display with enlarged viewing angles such as in-plane switching (IPS) and other lateral electric field drive methods, multi-domain vertical alignment (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment, MVA) and other pixel division methods, etc. Device, or Super-Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), on-chip spacer (OCS), fringe field switching (fringe field switching, FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB), etc.

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition color-filter-on-array (COA) method.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於圖像顯示裝置,則當與先前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高對比度,進而,藉由將紅、綠、藍的發光二極體光源(RGB-LED(Light Emitting Diode))作為背光源,可提供亮度高、色純度高且色彩再現性良 好的圖像顯示裝置。 If the color filter of the present invention is used in an image display device, it can achieve high contrast when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a previously known cold cathode tube. Furthermore, by combining red, green, and blue light-emitting diodes The volume light source (RGB-LED (Light Emitting Diode)) as the backlight source can provide high brightness, high color purity and good color reproducibility Good image display device.

<固體攝像元件> <Solid-state imaging device>

本發明的固體攝像元件具備所述本發明的彩色濾光片。作為本發明的固體攝像元件的構成,只要是具備本發明的彩色濾光片、且作為固體攝像元件發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下的構成。 The solid-state imaging element of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the color filter of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging element. For example, the following configurations can be cited.

該構成如下:於支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件(電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)影像感測器、互補型金屬氧化膜半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)影像感測器等)的光接收區域的多個光二極體及包含多晶矽等的轉移電極,於所述光二極體及所述轉移電極上具有僅對光二極體的光接收部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜的整個面及光二極體光接收部的方式形成的包含氮化矽酮等的元件保護膜,於所述元件保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。 The structure is as follows: a solid-state imaging element (Charge Coupled Device (CCD) image sensor, complementary metal oxide semiconductor (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, CMOS) image sensor, etc.) is provided on the support. A plurality of photodiodes in the light receiving area and transfer electrodes containing polysilicon, etc., on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes, there are light-shielding films containing tungsten, etc. that open only to the light-receiving part of the photodiodes to shield light The film has an element protection film including silicon nitride and the like formed so as to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and the element protection film has the color filter for solid-state imaging elements of the present invention piece.

進而,亦可為如下的構成等:於所述元件保護膜上、且於彩色濾光片下(靠近支撐體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)的構成,或者於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成。 Furthermore, it may also be a configuration that has a condensing mechanism (for example, a microlens, etc.) on the element protection film and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), or The color filter has a condensing mechanism.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,列舉實施例來更具體地說明本發明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理程序等可適宜變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限 定於以下所示的具體例。再者,只要事先無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained more specifically by referring to examples. As long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention, the materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited It is determined by the specific example shown below. Furthermore, as long as there is no special explanation in advance, "%" and "parts" are the quality standards.

<重量平均分子量(Mw)的測定方法(GPC測定)> <Method for measuring weight average molecular weight (Mw) (GPC measurement)>

自樣品中去除溶劑,利用四氫呋喃將所獲得的固體成分稀釋成0.1質量%,並利用HLC-8020GPC(東曹(股份)製造),將使2根TSKgel α-M(東曹(股份)製造,7.8mm(內徑)×30cm)串聯連接而成者作為管柱來進行測定。重量平均分子量(Mw)是將測定條件設為試樣濃度為0.35質量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、流速為0.3mL/min、樣品注入量為10μL、測定溫度為40℃,並使用紫外線檢測器進行測定所得的值。 Remove the solvent from the sample, dilute the obtained solid content to 0.1% by mass with tetrahydrofuran, and use HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) to make 2 TSKgel α-M (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) 7.8 mm (inner diameter) × 30 cm) connected in series as a column for measurement. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is determined by setting the measurement conditions as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) with a sample concentration of 0.35 mass%, a flow rate of 0.3 mL/min, a sample injection volume of 10 μL, and a measurement temperature of 40°C, and use an ultraviolet detector to measure the value obtained.

<具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物(化合物A)的含量> <The content of the compound (compound A) with a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less having a triarylmethane structure>

根據藉由GPC測定所獲得的資料,預估並算出重量平均分子量為1500以下化合物的量。 Based on the data obtained by GPC measurement, estimate and calculate the amount of compounds with a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less.

<合成例1> <Synthesis Example 1>

(TAM1的合成) (Synthesis of TAM1)

TAM1是根據以下的途徑來合成。 TAM1 is synthesized according to the following route.

[化62]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0112-100
[化62]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0112-100

(合成中間物(化合物2)的合成) (Synthesis of synthetic intermediate (compound 2))

將4,4'-二氯二苯甲酮(化合物1)25.1g、二甲苯200mL、第三丁氧基鈉28.8g及1,3,5-均三甲苯基胺加入至三口燒瓶中,進行1小時氮起泡,然後添加乙酸鈀(II)22.5mg、二環己基(1,1-二苯基-1-丙烯-2-基)膦78.1mg並於110℃下攪拌3小時。 Add 25.1 g of 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone (compound 1), 200 mL of xylene, 28.8 g of tertiary butoxy sodium, and 1,3,5- mesitylene amine into a three-necked flask and proceed After 1 hour of nitrogen bubbling, 22.5 mg of palladium(II) acetate and 78.1 mg of dicyclohexyl(1,1-diphenyl-1-propen-2-yl)phosphine were added, and the mixture was stirred at 110°C for 3 hours.

冷卻至室溫為止後,添加離子交換水200mL與2-丙醇40mL的混合溶液,進行過濾後,以甲苯160mL與2-丙醇20mL的混合溶液、離子交換水200mL、2-丙醇200mL的順序進行清洗而獲得39.3g(產率為87.6%)的化合物2。 After cooling to room temperature, add a mixed solution of 200 mL of ion-exchanged water and 40 mL of 2-propanol. After filtering, a mixed solution of 160 mL of toluene and 20 mL of 2-propanol, 200 mL of ion-exchanged water, and 200 mL of 2-propanol are added. Washing was performed sequentially to obtain 39.3 g (yield 87.6%) of compound 2.

(合成中間物(化合物3)的合成) (Synthesis of synthetic intermediate (compound 3))

使氮氣於三口燒瓶中流動,加入N-甲基吡咯啶酮150mL與氫化鈉8.0g,歷時30分鐘滴加使30.0g的化合物2溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮100mL中而成的溶液,攪拌3小時後,歷時30分鐘 滴加對甲苯磺酸甲酯27.4g。其後,攪拌2小時,緩慢地滴加離子交換水220mL與2-丙醇50mL的混合溶液後,滴加1mol/L鹽酸水70mL,並進行過濾。以離子交換水200mL、甲醇200mL、己烷160mL與2-丙醇20mL的混合溶媒的順序進行清洗,而獲得31.6g(99.0%)的化合物3。 N-methylpyrrolidone 150mL and sodium hydride 8.0g were added by flowing nitrogen gas in a three-necked flask, and 30.0g of compound 2 dissolved in 100mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise over 30 minutes. After stirring for 3 hours, it lasted 30 minutes 27.4 g of methyl p-toluenesulfonate was added dropwise. After stirring for 2 hours, a mixed solution of 220 mL of ion-exchanged water and 50 mL of 2-propanol was slowly added dropwise, and then 70 mL of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid water was added dropwise, followed by filtration. Washing was performed in the order of a mixed solvent of 200 mL of ion-exchanged water, 200 mL of methanol, 160 mL of hexane, and 20 mL of 2-propanol to obtain 31.6 g (99.0%) of compound 3.

(合成中間物(化合物5)的合成) (Synthesis of synthetic intermediate (compound 5))

向三口燒瓶中添加乙腈110mL與1-萘基胺(化合物4)24.5g及過氯酸鋅六水合物3.2g,並昇溫至40℃,歷時30分鐘滴加1,2-環氧環己烷23.5g後,攪拌5小時。添加乙腈110mL,並滴加離子交換水170mL,攪拌20分鐘後,冷卻至室溫為止,攪拌1小時後進行過濾。利用離子交換水50mL清洗2次而獲得32.3g(產率為71.2%)的化合物5。 Add 110 mL of acetonitrile, 24.5 g of 1-naphthylamine (compound 4) and 3.2 g of zinc perchlorate hexahydrate to a three-necked flask, and heat to 40°C. Add 1,2-epoxycyclohexane dropwise over 30 minutes After 23.5 g, it was stirred for 5 hours. 110 mL of acetonitrile was added, 170 mL of ion-exchanged water was added dropwise, and after stirring for 20 minutes, it was cooled to room temperature, and after stirring for 1 hour, it was filtered. It was washed twice with 50 mL of ion-exchange water to obtain 32.3 g (yield 71.2%) of compound 5.

(合成中間物(R-2)的合成) (Synthesis of synthetic intermediate (R-2))

向三口燒瓶中加入乙腈20mL、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸4.8g、對甲苯磺醯氯5.3g、及4.8g的化合物5,一面冷卻至10℃以下一面歷時30分鐘滴加1-甲基咪唑4.6g後,攪拌5小時。昇溫至室溫後,添加甲苯30mL與離子交換水30mL進行分液後,利用5%NaHCO3水溶液30mL清洗2次後,進行減壓濃縮而獲得油狀化合物。 Add 20 mL of acetonitrile, 4.8 g of 2-methacryloxyethyl succinic acid, 5.3 g of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, and 4.8 g of compound 5 into a three-necked flask, and drip it over 30 minutes while cooling to below 10°C. After adding 4.6 g of 1-methylimidazole, the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. After the temperature was raised to room temperature, 30 mL of toluene and 30 mL of ion-exchange water were added for liquid separation, washed twice with 30 mL of a 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain an oily compound.

向三口燒瓶中加入所獲得的油狀化合物8.9g、乙腈20mL、9.1g的化合物3、及氧氯化磷6.4g,於90℃下攪拌3小時,冷卻至室溫後,添加乙酸乙酯110mL與離子交換水60mL進行分液。 利用5%NaHCO3水溶液進行清洗,添加雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰7.3g並攪拌30分鐘後,添加離子交換水60mL進行分液,並利用5%NaHCO3水溶液進行清洗。進行減壓濃縮後,藉由矽膠管柱來進行精製,而獲得8.9g(產率為98.0%)的化合物R-2。 8.9 g of the obtained oily compound, 20 mL of acetonitrile, 9.1 g of compound 3, and 6.4 g of phosphorus oxychloride were added to a three-necked flask, stirred at 90°C for 3 hours, and after cooling to room temperature, 110 mL of ethyl acetate was added It was separated with 60 mL of ion-exchanged water. After washing with a 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution, 7.3 g of lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide was added and stirred for 30 minutes, 60 mL of ion-exchanged water was added for liquid separation, and the 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution was used for washing. After being concentrated under reduced pressure, it was purified by a silica gel column to obtain 8.9 g (yield of 98.0%) of compound R-2.

<TAM1的合成(聚合步驟)> <Synthesis of TAM1 (polymerization step)>

向三口燒瓶中加入丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸酯1.9g,一面使氮氣流動一面加熱至60℃,歷時1小時滴加丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸酯4.5g、十二基硫醇0.24g、5.0g的R-2、甲基丙烯酸環己酯0.56g、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯0.67g、甲基丙烯酸0.43g、及2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)0.16g溶液,攪拌1小時後,添加2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)0.08g,並攪拌5小時。冷卻至室溫,添加己烷35mL,攪拌1小時後,進行過濾而獲得6.7g(產率為96.6%)的TAM1。 Add 1.9 g of propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate into the three-necked flask, heat to 60°C while flowing nitrogen gas, and add propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetic acid dropwise over 1 hour Esters 4.5g, dodecyl mercaptan 0.24g, 5.0g R-2, cyclohexyl methacrylate 0.56g, glycidyl methacrylate 0.67g, methacrylic acid 0.43g, and 2,2'-co A solution of 0.16 g of azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was stirred for 1 hour, and 0.08 g of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was added and stirred for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 35 mL of hexane was added, and after stirring for 1 hour, filtration was performed to obtain 6.7 g (96.6% yield) of TAM1.

<TAM2~TAM6> <TAM2~TAM6>

除變更聚合步驟的十二基硫醇的量以外,與合成例1同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of dodecyl mercaptan in the polymerization step was changed.

<TAM7~TAM15> <TAM7~TAM15>

除變更聚合步驟的各單體的量以外,與TAM3同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3 except that the amount of each monomer in the polymerization step was changed.

<TAM16~TAM22> <TAM16~TAM22>

除變更聚合步驟的各單體以外,與TAM3同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3 except that the monomers in the polymerization step were changed.

<TAM23> <TAM23>

除將化合物3變更成N,N,N',N'-四乙基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮 以外,與TAM3同樣地合成。 Except changing compound 3 to N,N,N',N'-tetraethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone Otherwise, it was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3.

<TAM24> <TAM24>

除將雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變更成三(三氟甲磺醯基)甲基化鉀以外,與TAM3同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3 except that the lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidide was changed to potassium tris(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)methide.

<TAM25> <TAM25>

除將雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變更成三氟甲磺酸鋰以外,與TAM3同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3 except that the lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidide was changed to lithium trifluoromethanesulfonate.

<R-1> <R-1>

使用鹼性藍7(東京化成公司製造)。 Basic Blue 7 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used.

<R-3、R-5> <R-3, R-5>

除變更聚合步驟的十二基硫醇的量以外,與合成例1同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of dodecyl mercaptan in the polymerization step was changed.

<R-4> <R-4>

除變更聚合步驟的各單體的量以外,與合成例1同樣地合成。 It was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of each monomer in the polymerization step was changed.

[試驗例1] [Test Example 1]

<實施例1~實施例25、比較例1~比較例5> <Example 1 to Example 25, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 5>

(著色組成物的製備) (Preparation of coloring composition)

將下述組成的原料混合,而製備著色組成物。 The raw materials of the following composition are mixed to prepare a coloring composition.

-組成- -composition-

.著色劑…5.1質量份 . Coloring agent...5.1 parts by mass

.聚合性化合物(T-1)…6.0質量份 . Polymerizable compound (T-1)... 6.0 parts by mass

.鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2)…5.3質量份 . Alkali-soluble binder (U-2)...5.3 parts by mass

.光聚合起始劑(V-4)…0.3質量份 . Photopolymerization initiator (V-4)...0.3 parts by mass

.硬化促進劑(V-5)…0.2質量份 . Hardening accelerator (V-5)...0.2 parts by mass

.溶劑(X-1)…71質量份 . Solvent (X-1)…71 parts by mass

.溶劑(X-3)…13質量份 . Solvent (X-3)…13 parts by mass

.界面活性劑(Z-1)…0.01質量份 . Surfactant (Z-1)...0.01 parts by mass

著色劑:下述結構。於以下的式中,一併記載於重複單元中的數值為加入的原料的質量比。 Coloring agent: the following structure. In the following formulae, the numerical value described together in the repeating unit is the mass ratio of the added raw materials.

[化63]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0117-79
[化63]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0117-79

[化64]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0118-80
[化64]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0118-80

[化65]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0119-83
[化65]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0119-83

[化66]

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0120-84
[化66]
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0120-84

聚合性化合物(T-1):卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥(股份)製造,二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的混合物) Polymerizable compound (T-1): KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate)

鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2):甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯/甲基丙烯酸(77/23「質量比」共聚物,重量平均分子量為37,000,酸價為137mgKOH/g) Alkali-soluble adhesive (U-2): Allyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid (77/23 "mass ratio" copolymer, weight average molecular weight 37,000, acid value 137mgKOH/g)

光聚合起始劑(V-4):豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE-02(日本巴斯夫(BASF Japan)) Photopolymerization initiator (V-4): IRGACURE OXE-02 (BASF Japan)

硬化促進劑(V-5):卡倫茲(Karenz)MTBD-1(昭和電工股份有限公司) Hardening accelerator (V-5): Karenz MTBD-1 (Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)

溶劑(X-1):丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 Solvent (X-1): Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate

溶劑(X-3):(甲基乙基二甘醇(Methyl Ethyl Diglycol,MEGD)日本乳化劑股份有限公司製造) Solvent (X-3): (Methyl Ethyl Diglycol (MEGD) manufactured by Japan Emulsifier Co., Ltd.)

界面活性劑(Z-1):下述混合物(Mw=14000) Surfactant (Z-1): the following mixture (Mw=14000)

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0121-85
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0121-85

<硬化膜的製作> <Production of hardened film>

利用旋塗法將以上所獲得的著色硬化性樹脂組成物塗佈於100mm×100mm的玻璃基板(1737,康寧公司製造)上後,於室溫下乾燥30分鐘,藉此使揮發成分揮發而獲得著色層。不隔著光罩對該著色層照射全面曝光的i射線(波長為365nm),而形成潛像。i射線的光源使用超高壓水銀燈,於變成平行光後進行照射。此時,將照射光量設為40mJ/cm2。繼而,於26℃下,使用碳酸鈉/碳酸氫鈉的水溶液(濃度為2.4質量%)對形成有該潛像的著色層進行45秒顯影,繼而,利用流水淋洗20秒後,藉由噴霧來進行乾燥。利用潔淨烘箱對乾燥後的膜進行230℃×20分鐘煅燒,而獲得硬化膜。 The colored curable resin composition obtained above was coated on a 100mm×100mm glass substrate (1737, manufactured by Corning Corporation) by a spin coating method, and dried at room temperature for 30 minutes to volatilize the volatile components. Colored layer. The full-exposed i-ray (wavelength: 365 nm) is irradiated to the colored layer without interposing a photomask to form a latent image. The light source of the i-ray uses an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, which is irradiated after turning into parallel light. At this time, the amount of irradiated light was set to 40 mJ/cm 2 . Then, at 26°C, a sodium carbonate/sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (concentration of 2.4% by mass) was used to develop the colored layer on which the latent image was formed for 45 seconds, and then rinsed with running water for 20 seconds, and then sprayed Come for drying. The dried film was calcined at 230°C for 20 minutes in a clean oven to obtain a cured film.

對以上所獲得的硬化膜進行下述的評價。 The following evaluation was performed on the cured film obtained above.

<耐熱性> <Heat resistance>

算出以上所獲得的硬化膜的透過光譜、與在230℃下對以上 所獲得的硬化膜追加進行80分鐘煅燒時的透過光譜的色差ΔEab。ΔEab值小表示耐熱性優異。 Calculate the transmission spectrum of the cured film obtained above and compare it to the above at 230℃ The obtained cured film was additionally subjected to the color difference ΔEab of the transmission spectrum when firing for 80 minutes. A small ΔEab value indicates excellent heat resistance.

ΔEab未滿2…6 ΔEab is less than 2…6

ΔEab為2以上、未滿3…5 ΔEab is 2 or more, less than 3…5

ΔEab為3以上、未滿4…4 ΔEab is 3 or more, less than 4...4

ΔEab為4以上、未滿5…3 ΔEab is 4 or more, less than 5…3

ΔEab為5以上、未滿10…2 ΔEab is 5 or more, less than 10...2

ΔEab為10以上…1 ΔEab is 10 or more...1

<耐溶劑性(色度差)> <Solvent resistance (difference in chromaticity)>

於230℃下對以上所獲得的硬化膜進行30分鐘加熱後,於25℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate,PGMEA)中浸漬10分鐘,測定浸漬前後的色度,並算出顏色變化的指標ΔEab。ΔEab值根據於PGMEA中浸漬前後的硬化膜的透過光譜而算出。再者,於ΔEab的值為3以下的情況下,設為色相變化少、具有優異的耐溶劑性者。 After heating the cured film obtained above at 230°C for 30 minutes, immerse it in Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA) at 25°C for 10 minutes, and measure the color before and after immersion. And calculate the color change index ΔEab. The ΔEab value was calculated from the transmission spectra of the cured film before and after immersion in PGMEA. In addition, when the value of ΔEab is 3 or less, it is assumed that there is little hue change and excellent solvent resistance.

ΔEab為1.5以上、未滿2…5 ΔEab is 1.5 or more, less than 2...5

ΔEab為2以上、未滿3.5…4 ΔEab is 2 or more, less than 3.5…4

ΔEab為3.5以上、未滿4…3 ΔEab is 3.5 or more, less than 4…3

ΔEab為4以上、未滿5…2 ΔEab is 4 or more, less than 5...2

ΔEab為5以上…1 ΔEab is 5 or more...1

<電壓保持率> <Voltage retention rate>

將著色組成物以乾燥後的膜厚變成2.0μm的方式塗佈於帶有 氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)電極的玻璃基板(商品名:1737康寧公司製造)上,並於100℃的烘箱中進行60秒乾燥(預烘烤)。其後,不隔著遮罩而進行100mJ/cm2的曝光(照度為20mW/cm2),然後利用鹼性顯影液(商品名:CDK-1,富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronic Materials)(股份)製造)的1%水溶液於25℃下進行顯影,於230℃的烘箱中對進行水洗、乾燥後的塗佈膜進行20分鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),而形成硬化膜。繼而,利用混合有5μm的玻璃珠的密封劑將形成有該硬化膜的基板與僅將ITO電極蒸鍍成規定形狀的基板貼合後,向基板間注入默克(Merck)製造的液晶MJ971189(商品名),而製作液晶單元。 The coloring composition was coated on a glass substrate (trade name: 1737 Corning Co.) with indium tin oxide (ITO) electrodes so that the film thickness after drying became 2.0 μm, and the temperature was maintained at 100°C. Dry in an oven for 60 seconds (pre-baking). After that, exposure of 100mJ/cm 2 (illuminance of 20mW/cm 2 ) was performed without a mask, and then an alkaline developer (trade name: CDK-1, Fujifilm Electronic Materials) (Stock The 1% aqueous solution produced by) was developed at 25° C., and the coated film after washing and drying was heated in an oven at 230° C. for 20 minutes (post-baking) to form a cured film. Then, the substrate on which the cured film was formed and the substrate in which only the ITO electrode was vapor-deposited into a predetermined shape were bonded together using a sealant mixed with 5 μm glass beads, and then the liquid crystal MJ971189 (MJ971189 manufactured by Merck) was injected between the substrates. Trade name), and make a liquid crystal cell.

繼而,將液晶單元放入至60℃的恆溫層中24小時後,利用東陽特克尼卡(TOYO Corporation)製造的液晶電壓保持率測定系統VHR-1A型(商品名),藉由下述的測定條件來測定液晶單元的電壓保持率,並藉由下述基準中所示的分數來進行評價。分數越高,電壓保持率越良好。 Then, after placing the liquid crystal cell in a constant temperature layer of 60°C for 24 hours, the liquid crystal voltage retention measurement system VHR-1A (trade name) manufactured by TOYO Corporation was used as follows: The measurement conditions were used to measure the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell, and to evaluate it based on the scores shown in the following criteria. The higher the score, the better the voltage retention.

測定條件 Measurement conditions

.電極間距離:5μm~15μm . Distance between electrodes: 5μm~15μm

.施加電壓脈衝振幅:5V . Applied voltage pulse amplitude: 5V

.施加電壓脈衝頻率:60Hz . Pulse frequency of applied voltage: 60Hz

.施加電壓脈衝寬度:16.67msec . Applied voltage pulse width: 16.67msec

*電壓保持率:16.7毫秒後的液晶單元電位差/於0毫秒內施加的電壓的值 *Voltage retention rate: the potential difference of the liquid crystal cell after 16.7 milliseconds/the value of the applied voltage within 0 milliseconds

*判定法 *Judgment method

90%以上:5 Above 90%: 5

85%以上、未滿90%:4 More than 85% but less than 90%: 4

80%以上、未滿85%:3 Above 80% but less than 85%: 3

75%以上、未滿80%:2 Above 75% but less than 80%: 2

未滿75%:1 Less than 75%: 1

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0125-86
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0125-86

根據所述結果,實施例可形成耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的硬化膜。進而,硬化膜的電壓保持率優異。 According to the above results, the examples can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. Furthermore, the voltage retention rate of the cured film is excellent.

另一方面,比較例無法使耐熱性與耐溶劑性併存。 On the other hand, the comparative example cannot coexist heat resistance and solvent resistance.

[試驗例2] [Test Example 2]

<實施例26~實施例48> <Example 26~Example 48>

(著色組成物的製備) (Preparation of coloring composition)

將下述組成的原料混合,而製備著色組成物。 The raw materials of the following composition are mixed to prepare a coloring composition.

-組成- -composition-

.著色劑…5.1質量份 . Coloring agent...5.1 parts by mass

.聚合性化合物(T-1)…6.0質量份 . Polymerizable compound (T-1)... 6.0 parts by mass

.鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2)…5.3質量份 . Alkali-soluble binder (U-2)...5.3 parts by mass

.光聚合起始劑(V-4)…0.3質量份 . Photopolymerization initiator (V-4)...0.3 parts by mass

.硬化促進劑(V-5)…0.2質量份 . Hardening accelerator (V-5)...0.2 parts by mass

.添加劑(W-1)…0.5質量份 . Additive (W-1)...0.5 parts by mass

.溶劑(X-1)…71質量份 . Solvent (X-1)…71 parts by mass

.溶劑(X-3)…13質量份 . Solvent (X-3)…13 parts by mass

.界面活性劑(Z-1)…0.01質量份 . Surfactant (Z-1)...0.01 parts by mass

著色劑:下述表中所記載的著色劑 Coloring agent: the coloring agent described in the following table

聚合性化合物(T-1)、鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2)、光聚合起始劑(V-4)、硬化促進劑(V-5)、溶劑(X-1)、溶劑(X-3)、界面活性劑(Z-1):所述聚合性化合物(T-1)、鹼可溶性黏合劑(U-2)、光聚合起始劑(V-4)、硬化促進劑(V-5)、溶劑(X-1)、溶劑(X-3)、界面活性劑(Z-1) Polymerizable compound (T-1), alkali-soluble binder (U-2), photopolymerization initiator (V-4), hardening accelerator (V-5), solvent (X-1), solvent (X- 3) Surfactant (Z-1): the polymerizable compound (T-1), alkali-soluble binder (U-2), photopolymerization initiator (V-4), hardening accelerator (V- 5), solvent (X-1), solvent (X-3), surfactant (Z-1)

添加劑(W-1):雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鉀(三菱材料公司 製造) Additive (W-1): Potassium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide (Mitsubishi Materials Corporation manufacture)

以與試驗例1相同的方法評價耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率。將結果示於下述表中。 The heat resistance, solvent resistance, and voltage retention were evaluated in the same manner as in Test Example 1. The results are shown in the following table.

Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0127-87
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0127-87

根據所述結果,實施例可形成耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的硬化膜。進而,硬化膜的電壓保持率優異。 According to the above results, the examples can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. Furthermore, the voltage retention rate of the cured film is excellent.

Claims (23)

一種著色組成物,其包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物,所述聚合物TP包含具有由通式(TP1)所示的三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A,及具有交聯性基的重複單元B,所述重複單元B所具有的交聯性基為選自含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基及碳酸酯基中的至少一種;其中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基,所述聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000~500000,相對於所述聚合物TP的質量,具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下,所述化合物A為具有三芳基甲烷結構的原料單體的未反應物、或含有不具有聚合性基的原料單體的雜質;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0129-88
通式(TP1)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基;Rtp5、Rtp6及Rtp8分別獨立地表示取代基;Rtp7表示NRtp71Rtp72;Rtp71及Rtp72分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基; a、b及c分別獨立地表示0~4的整數;當a、b及c為2以上時,Rtp5、Rtp6及Rtp8中的2個可相互連結而形成環;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp1~Rtp8、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp1~Rtp8、Rtp71及Rtp72的任一者表示與所述重複單元A的鍵結部位。
A coloring composition comprising a polymer TP and a polymerizable compound, the polymer TP comprising a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure represented by the general formula (TP1), and a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group , The crosslinkable group of the repeating unit B is selected from the group consisting of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, oxazoline groups, groups represented by -COR, and carbonates At least one of the group; wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is 3000 to 500000, and relative to the mass of the polymer TP, it has triarylmethane The content of the compound A having a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less, and the compound A is an unreacted material of a raw material monomer having a triarylmethane structure, or a raw material monomer that does not have a polymerizable group Impurity
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0129-88
In the general formula (TP1), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 and Rtp 8 each independently represent a substituent; Rtp 7 represents NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 And Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group; a, b, and c each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4; when a, b, and c are 2 or more, Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 and Rtp 8 the two may be mutually connected to form a ring; X represents an anion, or X and Rtp absent 1 ~ Rtp 8, Rtp 71 and Rtp least one contains an anionic 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 8, any Rtp 71 is and Rtp 72 One represents the bonding site with the repeating unit A.
如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中相對於所述聚合物TP的質量,所述聚合物TP的所述化合物A的含量為10質量%以下。 The coloring composition according to claim 1, wherein the content of the compound A in the polymer TP is 10% by mass or less relative to the mass of the polymer TP. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為10000~50000。 The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is 10,000 to 50,000. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述X自具有選自氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子、PF6-及SbF6-中的至少一種陰離子,以及選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少一種結構的化合物中選擇;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0130-89
通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-;通式(A2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0131-90
通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。
The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the X is selected from the group consisting of fluoride anion, chloride anion, bromide anion, iodide anion, cyanide ion, perchlorate anion, borate anion , PF 6- and SbF 6- least one anion, and is selected from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, structure represented by the following general formula (A1) and represented by the following formula ( A2) Select from compounds of at least one structure among the represented structures;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0130-89
In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-; the general formula (A2)
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0131-90
In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-; R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述X為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物。 The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the X is a compound containing bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or sulfonate anion Compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述X為含有交聯性基的化合物。 The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the X is a compound containing a crosslinkable group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述X為含有具有陰離子部位的重複單元的聚合物。 The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the X is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anionic site. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中通式(TP1)及通式(TP2)中,Rtp1~Rtp11、Rtp71及Rtp72的至少一個經通式(P)所表示的基取代;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0131-91
通式(P)中,L表示單鍵或二價的連結基,X1自選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、含有由下述通式(A1)所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式(A2)所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0132-92
通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0132-93
通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-;R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN。
Such as the coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein in the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has the general formula ( P) Substitution of the group represented;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0131-91
In the general formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, X 1 managed from -SO 3 -, -COO -, -PO 4 -, structure represented by the following general formula (A1) represented contained Select from at least one of a group and a group containing a structure represented by the following general formula (A2);
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0132-92
In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 -or -CO-;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0132-93
In the general formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 -or -CO-; R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述重複單元A所具有的三芳基甲烷結構由下述通式(TP3)表示;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0132-94
通式(TP3)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基;Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基,Rtp71表示烷基或芳基;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的至少一個包含陰離子;Rtp21、Rtp22及Rtp71的任一者表示與所述重複單元A的鍵結部位。
The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the triarylmethane structure of the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3);
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0132-94
In the general formula (TP3), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons, and Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; X It represents an anion, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 includes an anion; any one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with the repeating unit A.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述重複單元A由下述通式(TP3-1)表示;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0133-95
通式(TP3-1)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,Rtp22分別獨立地表示碳數6~10的芳基,Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基;L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基,Rtp31表示氫原子或甲基;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子。
The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3-1);
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0133-95
In the general formula (TP3-1), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, and Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an alkylene group. Aryl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents an anion, or X does not exist and at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述重複單元A由下述通式(TP3-2)表示;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0134-96
通式(TP3-2)中,Rtp21分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,Rtp24分別獨立地表示碳數1~4的烷基,Rtp25分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基,Rtp71a表示伸烷基或伸芳基;Rtp31表示氫原子或甲基;L1表示單鍵或二價的連結基;X表示陰離子,或者不存在X且Rtp21及Rtp22的至少一個包含陰離子。
The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3-2);
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0134-96
In the general formula (TP3-2), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, Rtp 24 each independently represents an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, and Rtp 25 each independently represents a hydrogen atom Or an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an arylene group; Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; X represents an anion, or X is absent In addition, at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 includes an anion.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述聚合物TP含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元。 The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymer TP contains at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylamide The repeating unit. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其包括選自呫噸化合物、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物、二噁嗪化合物及酞菁化合物中的至少一種。 The coloring composition according to item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application includes at least one selected from the group consisting of xanthene compounds, dipyrromethene-based metal complexes, dioxazine compounds, and phthalocyanine compounds. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其包括光聚合起始劑。 The coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application includes a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其包括雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽。 The coloring composition as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application, which includes a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide salt. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 The colored composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application is used to form the colored layer of a color filter. 一種硬化膜,其是使如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物硬化而形成。 A hardened film formed by hardening the colored composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application. 一種彩色濾光片,其包括如申請專利範圍第17項所述的硬化膜。 A color filter includes the hardened film as described in item 17 of the scope of patent application. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層的步驟;將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將所述著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A method for manufacturing a color filter, comprising: using the coloring composition as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of patent application to form a coloring composition layer; exposing the coloring composition layer into a pattern的 step; and the step of developing and removing the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer to form a colored pattern. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括:使用如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影來對所述光阻劑層進行圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將所述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對所述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 A method for manufacturing a color filter, comprising: using the coloring composition described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the patent application to form a coloring composition layer, and curing to form the coloring layer; A step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etching mask The step of dry etching the colored layer. 一種固體攝像元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第18項 所述的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state imaging element, which includes the 18th item in the scope of patent application The color filter. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括如申請專利範圍第18項所述的彩色濾光片。 An image display device comprising the color filter as described in item 18 of the scope of patent application. 一種聚合物,其包括由下述通式(TP-7)所表示的重複單元,所述聚合物的重量平均分子量為3000~500000,相對於所述聚合物的質量,具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0136-97
通式(TP-7)中,R1分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6的烷基,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R1a表示伸烷基或伸芳基,L11表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基;L12及L13表示單鍵、或碳數1~30的二價的連結基;R2表示碳數1~10的烴基;R3表示交聯性基;X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物;a~d為重複單元的質量比,a及d表示超過0的數,b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。
A polymer comprising a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (TP-7), the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is 3000 to 500000, relative to the mass of the polymer, having a triarylmethane structure The content of Compound A with a weight average molecular weight of 1500 or less is 20% by mass or less;
Figure 105105754-A0305-02-0136-97
In the general formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1a represents an alkylene group or an aryl group, and L 11 represents A single bond or a divalent linking group with 1 to 30 carbons; L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group with 1 to 30 carbons; R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons; R 3 represents a crosslinkable group; X represents a compound containing bis(sulfonyl)imide anion, tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or sulfonate anion; a~d are the mass ratios of repeating units, a and d represents a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number greater than 0.
TW105105754A 2015-02-27 2016-02-26 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer TWI739735B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-039538 2015-02-27
JP2015039538 2015-02-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201634592A TW201634592A (en) 2016-10-01
TWI739735B true TWI739735B (en) 2021-09-21

Family

ID=56789051

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105105754A TWI739735B (en) 2015-02-27 2016-02-26 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6461304B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101957754B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI739735B (en)
WO (1) WO2016136936A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210149304A1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2021-05-20 Toray Industries, Inc. Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element comprising cured film, organic el display device comprising cured film, method for producing cured film, and method for producing organic el display device
KR102309662B1 (en) * 2018-09-04 2021-10-06 주식회사 엘지화학 Colorant composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
KR102349707B1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2022-01-10 주식회사 엘지화학 Compound, colorant composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
JP7285932B2 (en) 2019-07-25 2023-06-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013028764A (en) * 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, method of producing color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image forming apparatus
TW201314363A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Coloring composition, coloring cured film, color filter and fabricating method thereof, and solid state image device
TW201314357A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Colored composition, colored pattern, color filter and method for fabricating the same, method of fabricating pattern, solid-state image device and image display apparatus
TW201339760A (en) * 2012-03-19 2013-10-01 Fujifilm Corp Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of colored pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TW201348341A (en) * 2012-03-29 2013-12-01 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Triarylmethane compound, colored resin composiiton, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1978085A4 (en) 2006-01-27 2010-12-01 Takeda Pharmaceutical Gene expression analysis tool
KR101466147B1 (en) 2011-12-05 2014-11-27 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using the same
JP6459477B2 (en) * 2013-12-25 2019-01-30 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, and display element

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013028764A (en) * 2011-07-29 2013-02-07 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, method of producing color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image forming apparatus
TW201314363A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Coloring composition, coloring cured film, color filter and fabricating method thereof, and solid state image device
TW201314357A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Colored composition, colored pattern, color filter and method for fabricating the same, method of fabricating pattern, solid-state image device and image display apparatus
TW201339760A (en) * 2012-03-19 2013-10-01 Fujifilm Corp Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of colored pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TW201348341A (en) * 2012-03-29 2013-12-01 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Triarylmethane compound, colored resin composiiton, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101957754B1 (en) 2019-03-14
JPWO2016136936A1 (en) 2018-02-01
WO2016136936A1 (en) 2016-09-01
KR20170107488A (en) 2017-09-25
JP6461304B2 (en) 2019-01-30
TW201634592A (en) 2016-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI666514B (en) Colored curable resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display device, compound and cation
US9605154B2 (en) Curable coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image pickup element, picture display device, and triarylmethane compound
KR101932450B1 (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
TWI641659B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film and display element
JP6166683B2 (en) Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI739735B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer
WO2016056511A1 (en) Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imagine element and image display device
TW201530260A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing color filter, and solid-state image sensor
JP2017165808A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid state image sensor, image display device and compound
CN105593311B (en) Coloured composition, coloring cured film, colored filter and its manufacturing method, solid photographic element and image display device
US10875950B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer
TWI746456B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer
JP2016196614A (en) Colored curable resin composition, cured film, color filter, color filter production method, solid-state image sensor and image display device
WO2015093501A1 (en) Colored composition, manufacturing method for colored composition, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state imaging element, and image display device
JP2016199706A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, coloring agent and method for producing coloring agent
TW201842078A (en) Colored curable resin composition comprising a coloring agent, a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator
JP6511326B2 (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP2017171784A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid state image sensor, image display device and compound